summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/38831-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '38831-h')
-rw-r--r--38831-h/38831-h.htm6211
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 89421 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/fig01-02.jpgbin0 -> 63676 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/fig03-04.jpgbin0 -> 64044 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/fig05-06.jpgbin0 -> 63365 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/fig07-08.jpgbin0 -> 59051 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/fig09-10.jpgbin0 -> 61095 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/fig11-12.jpgbin0 -> 64736 bytes
-rw-r--r--38831-h/images/front.jpgbin0 -> 183727 bytes
9 files changed, 6211 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/38831-h/38831-h.htm b/38831-h/38831-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73927cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/38831-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6211 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<!-- $Id: header.txt 236 2009-12-07 18:57:00Z vlsimpson $ -->
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Barb And The Bridle, by Robert Henderson.
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em;
+}
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+}
+
+.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;
+} /* page numbers */
+
+.linenum {
+ position: absolute;
+ top: auto;
+ left: 4%;
+} /* poetry number */
+
+.blockquot {
+ margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+}
+
+.sidenote {
+ width: 20%;
+ padding-bottom: .5em;
+ padding-top: .5em;
+ padding-left: .5em;
+ padding-right: .5em;
+ margin-left: 1em;
+ float: right;
+ clear: right;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ color: black;
+ background: #eeeeee;
+ border: dashed 1px;
+}
+
+.bb {border-bottom: solid 2px;}
+
+.bl {border-left: solid 2px;}
+
+.bt {border-top: solid 2px;}
+
+.br {border-right: solid 2px;}
+
+.bbox {border: solid 2px;}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+
+.right {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.u {text-decoration: underline;}
+
+.caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figleft {
+ float: left;
+ clear: left;
+ margin-left: 0;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-right: 1em;
+ padding: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+.figright {
+ float: right;
+ clear: right;
+ margin-left: 1em;
+ margin-bottom:
+ 1em;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-right: 0;
+ padding: 0;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+
+/* Footnotes */
+.footnotes {border: dashed 1px;}
+
+.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+
+.footnote .label {position: absolute; right: 84%; text-align: right;}
+
+.fnanchor {
+ vertical-align: super;
+ font-size: .8em;
+ text-decoration:
+ none;
+}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poem {
+ margin-left:10%;
+ margin-right:10%;
+ text-align: left;
+}
+
+.poem br {display: none;}
+
+.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+
+.poem span.i0 {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 0em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ text-indent: -3em;
+}
+
+.poem span.i2 {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 2em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ text-indent: -3em;
+}
+
+.poem span.i4 {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 4em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ text-indent: -3em;
+}
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Barb and the Bridle, by Vielle Moustache
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Barb and the Bridle
+ A Handbook of Equitation for Ladies, and Manual of
+ Instruction in the Science of Riding, from the Preparatory
+ Suppling Exercises
+
+Author: Vielle Moustache
+
+Release Date: February 11, 2012 [EBook #38831]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BARB AND THE BRIDLE ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Julia Miller, Mary Meehan and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/cover.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+
+<h1>THE BARB AND THE BRIDLE;</h1>
+
+<h3>A HANDBOOK OF EQUITATION FOR LADIES, AND MANUAL OF INSTRUCTION IN THE
+SCIENCE OF RIDING, FROM THE PREPARATORY SUPPLING EXERCISES ON FOOT, TO
+THE FORM IN WHICH A LADY SHOULD RIDE TO HOUNDS.</h3>
+
+<h3><i>Reprinted from</i> "The Queen" <i>Newspaper.</i></h3>
+
+<h2><span class="smcap">By</span> "VIEILLE MOUSTACHE."</h2>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">LONDON</span>:<br />
+THE "QUEEN" OFFICE, 346, STRAND.<br /></p>
+
+<p class="center">1874.<br /></p>
+
+<p class="center">LONDON:<br />
+PRINTED BY HORACE COX, 346, STRAND, W.C.</p>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/front.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<h3>THE LADY'S HORSE.</h3>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>INTRODUCTION.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Having received numerous applications from ladies desirous of
+information, as to the true principles and practice of equitation, I
+venture to put before the public, in book form, a series of articles
+which appeared originally in the columns of the <i>Queen</i> newspaper on
+ladies' riding.</p>
+
+<p>Commencing with the calisthenic practices so necessary to a young lady
+before beginning her mounted lessons, these papers enter into every
+detail (less those of the <i>Haut École de Manége</i>) connected with the
+science of riding as it should be acquired by all who wish to become
+efficient horsewomen. As the rules laid down are precisely those upon
+which I have successfully instructed a great number of ladies, as my
+experience is of many years' standing, and acquired in the best schools
+in Europe, I trust the following pages may prove useful; for, while it
+is quite true that neither man nor woman can learn to ride by simply
+reading a book on the subject, still a carefully-compiled manual of
+equitation is always a ready means of refreshing the memory upon points
+of importance in the art, which, however clearly explained by the oral
+instruction of a first-class master, may yet in time escape the
+recollection of the pupil.</p>
+
+<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Vieille Moustache.</span>"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>THE BARB AND THE BRIDLE.</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Riding, considered as a means of recreation, as a promoter of health, or
+as the best mode in which to display to the greatest advantage beauty
+and symmetry of face and form, is perhaps unequalled among the many
+accomplishments necessary to a lady.</p>
+
+<p>Out of doors croquet may be interesting as a game, and fascinating
+enough when a lady has an agreeable partner, but as an exercise
+physically its healthfulness is doubtful.</p>
+
+<p>There is too much standing about, often on damp grass, too little real
+exertion to keep the circulation up properly, and too many intervals of
+quiescence, wherein a lady stands perfectly still (in a very graceful
+attitude no doubt) long enough in the chill evening air to create
+catarrh or influenza.</p>
+
+<p>Archery, although a far more graceful exercise than croquet, is open to
+the same objection as regards danger of taking cold.</p>
+
+<p>Skating, though both healthful and elegant, is so seldom available as
+scarcely to be reckoned among the exercises beneficial to ladies.
+Moreover, it is attended with considerable danger in many cases.</p>
+
+<p><i>To be well</i> is to look well. Healthy physical exertion is indispensable
+to the former state, and in no way can it be so well secured as by
+riding. Mounted on a well-broken, well-bred horse, and cantering over a
+breezy down, or trotting on the soft sward, on the way to covert, a lady
+feels a glow of health and flow of spirits unattainable by any other
+kind of out or in door recreation.</p>
+
+<p>That the foregoing truths are fully appreciated by the ladies of the
+Upper Ten Thousand is abundantly proved by the goodly gathering of fair
+and aristocratic equestrians to be seen in Rotten Row during the London
+season, and at every fashionable meet of hounds in the kingdom in the
+winter time.</p>
+
+<p>Nor is riding confined to those only whose names figure in the pages of
+"Burke" or "Debrett." Within the last twenty years the wives and
+daughters of professional men and wealthy tradesmen, who were content
+formerly to take an airing in a carriage, have taken to riding on
+horseback. And they are quite right. It is not (with management) a bit
+more expensive, while it is beyond comparison the most agreeable and
+salubrious mode of inhaling the breeze.</p>
+
+<p>The daughter of the peer, or other great grandee of the country, may be
+almost said to be a horsewoman to the manner born. Riding comes as
+naturally to her as it does to her brothers. Both clamber up on their
+ponies, or are lifted on, almost as soon as they can walk, and
+consequently "grow" into their riding, and become at fifteen or sixteen
+years of age as much at home in the saddle as they are on a sofa. In the
+hunting field they see the best types of riding extant, male and female,
+and learn to copy their style and mode of handling their horses, while
+oral instruction of the highest order is always at hand to supplement
+daily practice. To the great ladies of England, then, all hints on the
+subject would be superfluous. Most of them justly take great pride in
+their riding, spare no pains to excel in it, and are thoroughly
+successful.</p>
+
+<p>In fact, it is the one accomplishment in which they as far surpass the
+women of all other countries in the world as they outvie them in
+personal beauty.</p>
+
+<p>A German or French woman possibly may hold her own with an Englishwoman
+in a ball room or a box at the opera; but put her on horseback, and take
+her to the covert side, she is "not in it" with her English rivals.</p>
+
+<p>Although the advantages and opportunities I speak of, however, render
+words of advice upon female equitation unnecessary to ladies of the
+<i>sangre azul</i>, I trust they may be found useful to others who may not
+have had such opportunities.</p>
+
+<p>In the upper middle classes nothing is more probable than the marriage
+of one of the daughters of the house with a man whose future lot may be
+cast in the colonies, where if a woman cannot ride she will be sorely at
+a loss. Unlike the ladies of high degree above alluded to, the daughter
+of a man in good position in the middle class will often not have
+opportunities of learning to ride until she is fifteen or sixteen, and
+by this time the youthful frame, supple as it may appear, has acquired
+(so to speak) "a set," which at first renders riding far from agreeable;
+because it calls into action whole sets of muscles and ligaments
+heretofore rarely brought into play, or rather only partially so. Hence
+the unpleasant stiffness that always follows the first essays of the
+tyro in riding of the age I speak of, and which painful feeling too
+often so discourages beginners that they give up the thing in disgust.</p>
+
+<p>Now this unpleasant consequence of the first lessons may be easily
+obviated by the following means. Bearing in mind that pain or stiffness
+is the result of want of <i>supplesse</i>, the first desideratum is to
+acquire this most desirable elasticity. To accomplish this, three months
+before the pupil is put on horseback she should begin a course of
+training in suppling and extension motions on foot, precisely similar to
+those drilled into a cavalry recruit in the army. No amount of dancing
+will do what is required. Even the professional <i>danseuse</i>, with her
+constant exercise of the <i>ronde de jambe</i>, never possesses that mobile
+action of the waist and play of the joints of the upper part of the
+figure so thoroughly to be acquired by the exercises I speak of, which
+also have the further greater advantage of giving development and
+expansion to the chest. I therefore respectfully advise every careful
+mother, who is desirous of seeing her daughters become accomplished
+horsewomen, before taking them to the riding master (of whom more
+hereafter), in the first place to employ a good drill master.</p>
+
+<p>Possibly, the young ladies may have had drill instruction at school;
+but experience tells me that such instruction is too often slurred over,
+or only practised at such long intervals that its effect is confined to
+causing the pupil to walk upright and carry herself well&mdash;a very
+desirable matter, but not all that is requisite as a preparation for
+riding.</p>
+
+<p>Drill, to be effective for the above purposes, <i>should be practised
+daily</i>. The course of instruction should begin with very short lessons,
+lasting not more than twenty minutes at first; but these, <i>given in the
+presence of mamma</i>, should be <i>most rigidly and minutely carried out,
+otherwise they are useless</i>. They should gradually be increased in
+length, according to the strength of the pupil, until she can stand an
+hour's drilling without fatigue. The course should include instruction
+in the use of dumb-bells, very carefully given. The weight of these
+should in no case exceed seven pounds for a young lady of fifteen or
+sixteen, and may judiciously be confined to three and four pounds for
+those of a more tender age. The great use of dumb-bells is to give
+flexibility to the shoulder joints and expansion to the chest. The first
+lessons should not last more than five minutes, and in no case be
+continued an instant after the pupil exhibits the slightest symptom
+(easily discernable) of fatigue.</p>
+
+<p>Of the course of drill instruction, the lessons called the "extension
+motions" are the most effectual in promoting flexibility of the whole
+figure; but they must be gone into by very gradual and careful
+induction, and their effect will then be not only beneficial, but
+pleasant to the pupil.</p>
+
+<p>As it is possible that this may meet the eye of some lady who resides
+where no eligible drill master is available, I propose in my next
+chapter to give a programme of the exercises I speak of, which may then
+be practised under the superintendence of the lady herself or her
+governess. But in all cases where the services of a competent and
+thoroughly practised drill master are to be had it is always best to
+employ them.</p>
+
+<p>Simple as the instruction may appear, the art of imparting it has to be
+acquired in a school where the most minute attention is paid to every
+detail, where nothing is allowed to be done in a careless or slovenly
+manner, and where (so to speak) the pupil is never asked to read before
+he can spell. It is this jumping <i>in medias</i> with beginners in riding
+that so often causes mischief and disgusts the pupil, who begins by
+thinking that it is the easiest thing in the world to ride well, but
+when she is put on horseback finds to her dismay that it is anything but
+easy until acquired by practice and thoroughly good instructions.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+
+<p>I proceed now to describe the suppling and extension exercises I have
+before alluded to.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/fig01-02.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+
+<p>These are simple enough in themselves, certain not to be forgotten when
+once learnt, and easy to impart in the way of instruction. Their great
+efficacy depends, however, upon the judgment with which the instructor
+varies them, so as to call into action alternately opposite sets of
+muscles and ligaments, as it is by such a process only that complete
+<i>supplesse</i> can be attained. The first suppling practice is performed as
+follows: Place the pupil in a position perfectly upright, the heels
+close together, the toes at an angle of 45 (military regulation), the
+figure well drawn up from the waist, the shoulders thrown back, chest
+advanced, the neck and head erect, arms hanging perpendicularly from the
+shoulder, elbows slightly bent, the weight of the body thrown upon the
+front part of the foot.</p>
+
+<p>Then the instruction should be given thus: On the word "one," bring both
+hands smartly up to the full extent of the arms, in front and above the
+forehead, the tips of the fingers joining (Fig. 1); on the word "two,"
+throw the hands sharply backwards and downwards until they meet behind
+the back (Fig. 2). This exercise should be commenced slowly, and
+gradually increased in rapidity until the pupil can execute it with
+great quickness for several minutes consecutively. The object is to
+throw the shoulders well back and give expansion to the chest.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/fig03-04.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Second practice.&mdash;On the word "one," bring the hands together (from
+their position perpendicular from the shoulder) in front of the figure,
+the tips of the fingers joining (Fig. 3). On the word "two," raise the
+hands, still joined, slowly above and slightly in front of the head, to
+the full extent of the arms (Fig. 4). "Three," separate the hands, and,
+turning the palms upwards, lower them to the level of the shoulders, the
+arms fully extended (Fig. 5). Simultaneously with the lowering of the
+hands the heels should be raised slowly from the ground, so as to bring
+the weight of the body upon the toes. On the word "four," lower the
+hands gradually to the sides, carrying them at the same time well to the
+rear (Fig. 6). The heels are also to be lowered to the ground as the
+hands are carried backwards. This exercise should always be done slowly,
+as its object is the gradual flexing and suppling of the shoulder and
+elbow joints, and giving mobile action to those of the feet. In using
+dumb-bells the first practice with them may be identical with the above,
+the dumb-bells being grasped firmly in the centre.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/fig05-06.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Third practice.&mdash;On the word "one," close the hands firmly by the sides;
+"two," raise them up quietly, bending the elbows until the hands are
+touching the points of the shoulders (Fig. 7); "three," carry the hands,
+still firmly closed, forwards and upwards, to the full extent of the
+arms, well above and a little in front of the head (Fig. 8); "four,"
+bring the hands with a quick, sharp motion down to the level of the
+shoulders, carrying the elbows well to the rear (Fig. 9). The first two
+motions of this exercise should be performed very slowly, the last very
+rapidly. It can also be practised with advantage with the dumb-bells,
+and is then of great service in strengthening and developing the muscles
+of the chest and arms.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/fig07-08.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>There are a great many other suppling practices, but the above, varied
+occasionally by the use of the dumb-bells, will be found sufficient for
+all practical purposes.</p>
+
+<p>Coming now to the extension exercises, I select the third as being most
+effective. 1st motion. Bring the hands together in front of the figure,
+as in the second suppling practice, the points of the fingers joining,
+the whole frame erect and well drawn up from the waist. 2. Raise the
+hands slowly above the head to the full extent of the arms, turn the
+palms of the hands outwards, and lock the thumbs together, the right
+thumb within the left (Fig. 10). 3. Keeping the body, head, and neck
+perfectly erect, place the head between the arms, the thumbs still
+firmly locked together. 4. <i>Keeping the knees perfectly straight</i>, lower
+the hands, and bend the back gradually and very slowly forward and
+downwards, until the points of the fingers touch the instep (Fig. 11).
+5. Raise the body and head (the latter still between the arms), quietly
+up in the same slow time, bringing the hands again well above the head
+(Fig. 12). 6. Lower the hands gradually (turning the palms upwards),
+first to the level of the shoulders, making a momentary pause there, and
+then quietly to the sides, carrying the hands in their descent from the
+shoulder as much as possible to the rear, while the weight of the body
+is thrown entirely upon the front of the foot.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/fig09-10.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>In this exercise all depends upon keeping the knee joints perfectly
+straight, and the head, in the bending-down movement, as much as
+possible between the arms.</p>
+
+<p>The object of the practice is to give suppleness to the waist, freedom
+to the knee joint by well suppling the ligaments at the back of the
+knee, and at the same time to expand the chest. For these purposes, if
+carefully and judiciously carried out, it is most effective, calling
+alternately upon every portion of the frame wherein suppleness is
+indispensable to easy and graceful riding.</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<div class="figcenter">
+<img src="images/fig11-12.jpg" alt=""/>
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Great care should be taken not to hurry this lesson, and if the pupil is
+of a figure that renders it difficult for her to reach her instep in
+bending down, it should not be insisted on; but it is necessary that she
+should bend the back as much as possible <i>without bending the knees</i>, as
+any yielding of the knee joint destroys the whole value of the exercise.</p>
+
+<p>To perform the above named practices comfortably, the pupil should wear
+a loose dress which throws no constraint upon any part of the figure.
+Slippers, too, are better than boots, as the latter confine the foot and
+ankle too much for complete liberty of movement.</p>
+
+<p>The duration of any of these lessons should at first be carefully
+proportioned to the strength of the learner, and gradually increased as
+to time day by day, until she can stand an hour's work without fatigue;
+but be the lesson long or short, it should be practised every day.</p>
+
+<p>It will be found that, with plenty of fresh air and walking exercise,
+the pupil, by the aid of these suppling and extension practices, will
+develope rapidly in elasticity of movement and in general health, and
+that a couple or three months of such preparation will help her very
+much as an introduction to her course of equitation.</p>
+
+<p>Any good drill master who might be employed to "set up" a young lady
+would most likely teach her all the above, and much more; but I have
+ventured to detail these practices, assuming that a family may be
+located in a neighbourhood in which no such man is available, in which
+case the exercise can be imparted and superintended by the governess of
+the family. These ladies are always clever and intelligent enough to
+master in a few minutes such very simple details as those above
+described.</p>
+
+<p>Before quitting this subject a word about gymnastics may not be out of
+place. Many heads of families consider them highly beneficial when
+practised with bars and similar apparatus. My experience induces me to
+differ from this notion, and I believe my view of the matter would be
+borne out by the highest medical authority.</p>
+
+<p>For boys even, gymnastic exercises should be most carefully watched, in
+order that no undue strain should be thrown upon the yet unset muscle
+and cartilage of the frame. For young ladies I believe gymnastics to be
+not only unnecessary, but injurious, and that every practical result
+desirable can be arrived at by the use of such exercises as I have
+endeavoured to describe, varied occasionally by the moderate use of the
+dumb-bells, a few minutes of which at one time is always sufficient.
+Where there is a number of young people together, there is sure to be a
+tendency to outdo each other whenever physical exercises of any kind are
+introduced; and, while it is easy enough to control the pupils in the
+simple suppling practices I speak of, it is very difficult for any but
+the most experienced persons to determine how far a young lady may go
+without injury to herself in the exercises of the horizontal bars or
+trapeze ropes. If any kind of gymnastic exercises are allowed for a
+young lady, the best, in my opinion, are those practised with the
+"Ranelagh," because no hurtful strain can possibly be thrown upon the
+pupil; and for boys I believe the Ranelagh to be a first-rate invention,
+as is also the "Parlour Gymnasium," and several others on similar
+principles, which ignore the practice of the bars.</p>
+
+<p>The full practice of the gymnasium, however, for young men whose frames
+have attained a certain amount of maturity, is no doubt good if not
+carried to excess. I speak, however, only of young ladies of tender age.</p>
+
+<p>Assuming then, that our pupil has been prepared for riding as above
+described, let us proceed to consider the style of dress most suitable
+for her early attempts in the saddle. For very young ladies, say under
+twelve years of age, I believe in hair cut short in preference to
+flowing locks, because the latter are very apt to blow into the eyes and
+seriously interfere with riding. For the very juvenile equestrian tyro,
+the hat should be one that fastens under the chin with ribbon or
+something <i>that is not elastic</i>. Nothing is more important in beginning
+with young people on horseback than to give them confidence, and nothing
+so completely puts them out as anything loose about the head. For young
+ladies over fifteen or sixteen, hats which are fastened to the hair may
+be worn. But, having regard to the progress of the pupil rather than to
+appearance, I recommend every beginner, no matter what her age, to leave
+no doubt about the security of her headdress. As regards riding habits,
+to begin with, while they should fit sufficiently to indicate the
+outline of the lady's figure, all tightness should be avoided. Tight
+habits are very sightly to the eye; but, in common with tight corsets,
+steel or whalebone anywhere about the dress is fatal to that perfect
+liberty of movement so essential to success in a beginner.</p>
+
+<p>Loose jackets of course should not be worn, because the instructor would
+be unable to see in what form his pupil was sitting. Nothing is better,
+in the first place, than a jacket, of any coarse material the rider
+chooses, made in the ordinary form, with plenty of room, especially
+about the waist and shoulders. The skirt should not be too redundant or
+too long, as in the latter case it is apt to get trodden on by the
+horse, and in windy weather blows about, to the great annoyance of the
+rider. A skirt that reaches about 12in. below the foot is amply long. As
+to breadth, it should be just large enough to give space to move easily
+in. A more voluminous garment is unsightly. The skirt, made independent
+of the jacket, should fasten under it with a broad band. No clothing
+should be worn under the skirt except riding trousers. Under-skirts of
+any kind will utterly spoil the appearance of the fair equestrian, and
+render her ride one of discomfort.</p>
+
+<p>Riding trousers, the making of which should only be entrusted to people
+who are well accustomed to it, may be made of cloth or chamois leather,
+booted with cloth.</p>
+
+<p>The boots, whether Wellingtons (if they are not out of date), side
+springs, or lace boots, should be made purposely for riding. Fashion is
+imperious, and that of the present day dictates a boot with a very high,
+narrow heel, and a waist which is almost triangular; both are quite
+unsuited for riding. The heel of a riding boot should be quite as broad
+as the foot of the wearer, and should come well forward into the waist,
+after the manner of a man's hunting boot, and the waist itself should be
+perfectly flat, so as to give a firm level bearing on the stirrup-iron.
+A sharp, narrow-waisted boot will be found not only impossible to keep
+in place in the iron, but will hurt the sole of the foot very much.</p>
+
+<p>Of spurs (very necessary in an advanced state of proficiency, and
+inadmissible, of course, to a beginner) I shall say something hereafter.</p>
+
+<p>Of gloves, the best kind for riding is a dogskin glove or gauntlet <i>two
+sizes too large</i>. Six and a-half kid gloves do not admit of sufficient
+freedom in the hand properly to manipulate the reins.</p>
+
+<p>The pupil should be provided with a straight riding whip which is not
+too flexible, because with a very supple whip she may inadvertently
+touch the horse at the wrong time and upset him.</p>
+
+<p>Having said thus much as to the equipment of our fair tyro, I leave all
+observations as to dress fit for the hunting-field, or such promenade
+riding as that of Rotten Row, for a future paper, and proceed to say
+something about that very important consideration, the matter of the
+riding master.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, then, it is necessary that the professor of
+equitation should be one who has been regularly brought up to his
+business. If such a man is not within reach, then I submit that it is
+better to entrust the riding education of the young lady to any staid
+middle-aged gentleman who is a thoroughly good horseman, and who will
+undertake the task <i>con amore</i>. If the gentleman has daughters of his
+own, all the better. I do not recommend young men for the office,
+because, naturally enough, they are more likely to be engrossed with the
+charms of their pupils than the progress they are making with their
+riding. Youthful preceptors, too, have a tendency to "make the pace a
+trifle too good," and there are not even wanting instances where they
+have "bolted" with their pupils altogether. This by the way.</p>
+
+<p>To return to the professional riding master. I may add that, in addition
+to thoroughly understanding his craft, he should be a man of education
+and a gentleman. Of such men there are several in the metropolis; in the
+provinces they are few and far between. In most of our fashionable
+watering-places one sees very neatly got-up horsey-looking men, duly
+booted, spurred, and moustached, tittuping along with a small troop of
+young ladies, who, with their skirts ballooned out with the fresh breeze
+from the "briny," and "sitting all over the saddle," are making
+themselves very uncomfortable, when they could have enjoyed the bracing
+air just as well, for less money, in an open fly. The riding master, in
+all probability, has promoted himself from the office of pad groom. He
+knows how to saddle and turn out a lady's horse, and how to put the lady
+into the saddle; he knows, also, the cheapest market in which to go for
+fashionable-looking screws upon which to mount his customers. There his
+qualifications as a riding master end. The inductive steps by which a
+lady should be taught, the reason for everything she is asked to do, the
+"aids" by which she should control her horse and establish a good
+understanding with him, are all sealed mysteries to the stamp of man I
+speak of. From such men and their ten-pound screws there is nothing to
+be learnt in the way of riding.</p>
+
+<p>Assuming, then, that some of my fair readers may be so placed as to
+render access to a professional riding master impossible, I have
+ventured upon this brief manual of "Equitation for Ladies," because I
+believe that there are many gentlemen, good horsemen, who would
+willingly undertake the teaching of their young friends, but that the
+former are unacquainted with the readiest way of going to work. Let me
+hope that the following may be of use in such case, both to preceptor
+and pupil. Addressing myself first to the former, let me advise him to
+be guided from first to last by the following maxims: 1st. Never do
+anything to shake the confidence or nerve of your pupil, and never give
+away a chance of doing it to the horse she rides. 2nd. Never talk to her
+about lesson No. 2 until she thoroughly understands lesson No. 1. While
+tittuping hacks are useless, and it is necessary to have an animal, even
+for a beginner, that has still plenty of life, vigour, and action in
+him, such a horse requires to be thoroughly well-broken to carry a
+woman, and should have plenty of work, so as to do away with the
+possibility of his flirting when she is mounted. It should be borne in
+mind that, although a woman who has had years of practice will be
+equally at home on almost every horse upon which you can put her, yet
+only a particular stamp of animal is adapted to carry her in her earlier
+essays.</p>
+
+<p>Let me endeavour to give my idea of him. In height he should be from
+15.2 to 15.3. A very tall woman may look better on a taller horse, but
+it is rarely that one finds an animal over 15.3 with the requisite
+proportions to ensure good action. Colour is of little account, except
+that grey horses in the summer time part with their coats so freely as
+to spoil a lady's habit. Quality is indispensable. A three-part-bred
+horse, however, is the best, because he is likely to have more substance
+in the right place than a thoroughbred. A good blood-like head and neck
+are warranty for fashion. Good shoulders, in the ordinary acceptation of
+the term, are not always good shoulders for a lady's horse, because
+while they should be clean and sloping as to the scapula, the withers
+should not be too fine. A little thickness there causes a side saddle to
+fit better for the comfort of the rider. There should be plenty of depth
+in the girth and rare good back ribs, for a woman's riding calls very
+much on a horse's power. A short back is not conducive to ease for the
+rider, whatever it may be as to the staying powers of the horse. On the
+contrary, what is generally called a long-backed horse carries a lady
+most pleasantly; but there must be plenty of power in the quarters,
+muscular upper thighs, and strong hocks. The quarters, too, should be
+good, and the setting on of the tail such as finishes the topping of the
+horse well, and gives him a fashionable appearance. If conjoined to the
+above-named points he stands on moderately short legs, with plenty of
+bone, and has good round and sound feet, he will be found as nearly as
+possible what is required.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+
+<p>If a horse has been broken, so as to be obedient to the hand and leg of
+a man, and steady to sights and sounds, it is considered by many that
+the animal has only to be ridden with a skirt, and accustomed to strike
+off without hesitation with its off legs in the canter, and it is fit to
+carry a lady.</p>
+
+<p>This is a great mistake. It is true that teaching it to canter
+collectedly with its off legs is necessary, as well as habituating it to
+the skirt, but there are other and important matters to be considered
+which are too often overlooked.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, a man, to break a horse properly for a lady, must be
+sufficiently well up at his craft to train the animal to obey the
+lightest possible application of the aids of the leg; because a lady,
+having but one leg to the horse, cannot give him the same amount of
+support that can be given by a man, who applies both.</p>
+
+<p>To supply the absence of the leg on the off side, in the case of the
+lady, the only substitute is the whip. But all men accustomed to
+breaking know that the effect of the whip is altogether different from
+that of the leg, and that while the whip is occasionally necessary to
+rouse a slightly lazy horse, and put him into his bridle, in the case of
+one very free, or at all hot, the whip must be used with great caution
+by a lady. As I have remarked elsewhere, most young horses are inclined
+to strike off in the canter with the near leg, which is most unpleasant
+to the fair equestrian. To correct this, the breaker applies certain
+well-known aids, which it is unnecessary here to repeat. But in order to
+confirm the horse in his lesson of cantering with his off leg, the man
+must give the animal a considerable amount of support with both his own
+and both hands. If this is continued after the horse is advanced to the
+stage of breaking where the trainer begins to fit him for a lady, and
+carried on until she rides him, he will be far from a pleasant mount to
+her, because, missing the support of the man's legs, the horse will not
+understand the light and delicate ones which the lady will use. It is
+necessary, therefore, that the breaker should accustom his charge
+readily to obey the slightest indication of the rider's will, and then
+ride him in a side-saddle, in precisely the same way as he will
+afterwards be ridden by the lady.</p>
+
+<p>I remember once seeing a man, really a capital rider in his own way,
+giving a lady a lesson on a horse of her own which he had broken for
+her. Both master and pupil were sorely puzzled&mdash;the former because the
+horse would not obey the hand and leg of the rider, as directed by the
+master, and the pupil, by finding that all she was doing produced an
+effect diametrically opposite to that which was intended. Perhaps the
+horse, too, was as much puzzled to know what to be at as either rider or
+master.</p>
+
+<p>The animal was a very shapely chesnut, nearly thoroughbred, very
+good-tempered, but full of courage. Evidently he was unaccustomed to
+carry a lady, and was beginning to give indications that his temper was
+getting up. The object was to canter him to the right round the school,
+"going large," as it is technically called. He had trotted to the other
+hand well enough, and the young lady had ridden him fairly; but when
+turned to the reverse hand, and the word "canter" was given, he
+evidently missed the support afforded by the legs of a male rider. When
+pressed gently forward to a shortened rein, he stepped very high in his
+trot. "Touch him on the right shoulder with the whip sharply, miss,"
+said the riding master. In answer to the sharp cut of the whip, the
+horse jumped off passionately in a canter, with his near legs first&mdash;a
+dangerous thing when going round the school to the right. "Stop him,
+miss," said the preceptor; "take him into the corner, bend his head to
+the right. Now the leg and whip again." The same result followed&mdash;the
+lady flurried as well as her horse. The riding master at last took the
+lady off, and mounted the horse himself; but he rode with a man's seat,
+not a woman's. The horse cantered collectedly and well into his bridle
+when the master asked him. "You see, miss, it is easy enough," said the
+master; "a little patience, and you will do it presently." But the
+second essay of the lady was as unsuccessful as the first; nay more so,
+as the horse was getting very angry. "What can be the reason?" at last
+said the lady, halting her horse; "I must be very stupid." "It is some
+peculiarity in your hand," said the master, soothingly; "it will be all
+right by-and-by." "Do you think," said the lady, deferentially, "that
+the difference of seat&mdash;your leg on the right side&mdash;has anything to do
+with it?" "Not a bit," replied the preceptor. But it had all to do with
+it, and eventually the lady had to be put upon an old school hack for
+her ride in the park, leaving her own horse at the riding school.</p>
+
+<p>When the lady was gone the master observed, "Most extraordinary thing! I
+can't get this horse to do wrong, and Miss A. cannot get him to go a
+yard." "Did you ever ride him in a side-saddle?" I inquired. "I?
+Certainly not," was the answer; "no man can break a horse in a
+side-saddle" (this was true enough as regards the early stages), "and,"
+continued the professor, "I can't ride a bit in a side-saddle." The
+latter observation settled the matter in my mind; for it has been always
+clear to me that, if a man cannot acquire a true and firm seat himself
+on a side-saddle, it is impossible he can teach a woman to ride. He may
+teach her to sit square and upright on an old horse that has been
+carrying women for years, but "going about" on such an animal is not
+riding&mdash;my idea of which, as regards a lady, is, that on a horse still
+full of courage and action (though not too fresh or short of work) the
+rider should be able, by the application of aids sound in theory and
+practice, to render the horse thoroughly obedient to her will. This is
+riding. Cantering along upon an old tittuping hack is merely taking
+horse exercise in a mild form.</p>
+
+<p>As regards a man riding in a side-saddle, I may say that some years ago
+a young friend of mine, now deceased&mdash;than whom there never was a better
+man with hounds&mdash;hunted in a side-saddle for three or four seasons
+before his death. He had injured his right foot so badly in a fall as to
+necessitate amputation at the instep, and he preferred the side-saddle
+seat to the awkward and disagreeable feeling occasioned by trusting to
+a cork foot in the off-side stirrup. Some of your readers may probably
+remember the dashing youngster I allude to, who was always to be seen
+going true and straight in the front rank, when he hunted eighteen years
+ago with the Royal Buckhounds. I can safely say that the horses he rode
+in his side-saddle were the perfection of ladies' hunters, and that he
+was one of the best instructors of female equitation I ever met.</p>
+
+<p>I repeat, then, that before a horse can be pronounced fit to carry a
+lady he should have been ridden in a side-saddle for some time by a man.</p>
+
+<p>Riding in this way, the breaker's first object should be to make the
+horse walk truly and fairly up to his bridle, without hurrying or
+shuffling in his pace, than which nothing is more unpleasant to a lady,
+especially if she is engaged in conversation with a companion. Of course
+it is indispensable that a horse should be a good natural walker, but at
+the same time the animal should be carefully taught to work right up to
+his bit in this most important pace; action in the others can then be
+easily developed.</p>
+
+<p>In the trot the breaker should gradually accustom the animal to go with
+the least possible amount of support from the leg. This he will easily
+do by using a very long whip, and, when he feels the horse hanging back
+from his work, touching him lightly on the hind quarters instead of
+closing the leg.</p>
+
+<p>In the foregoing I am assuming that the horse has been previously well
+broken, mouthed, and balanced to carry a man. To teach a horse readily
+to obey such delicate aids of hand or leg, as a lady can apply, I have
+found the following method most effectual: Use a side-saddle which has
+no head crutch on the off side; this gives more freedom of action to the
+right hand. Ride without a stirrup; your balance is sure then to be
+true. Use a long whip, and wear a spur on the left heel, furnished with
+short and not very sharp rowels. Make your horse walk well, and trot
+well up to his bridle, with as little leg as possible, touching him
+sharply with the spur if he tries to shirk his work. The long whip on
+the off side will prevent him from throwing his haunches in. Before
+cantering, collect him well. Keep his forehand well up, and his haunches
+under him. Keep his head well bent to the right; take him into the
+corner of the school or <i>manége</i>; then, keeping him up to his work
+rather by the aid of the spur and whip than by the leg, strike him
+lightly off to the right. A sharp touch of the spur behind the girth,
+and a light firm feeling of both reins, the inward the strongest, will
+cause him to strike off true. Where no riding house or walled <i>manége</i>
+is available, the above may be successfully carried out in a small
+paddock, having tolerably high fences and corners nearly square.</p>
+
+<p><i>Manner</i> in riding the horse at this stage of his breaking is of vital
+importance. The hands, while kept well back, should be light and lively;
+the whip and spur (never to be unnecessarily applied) should be used so
+as to let the horse know that they are always ready if he hangs back
+from his work; and the rider, sitting easily and flexibly in the saddle,
+should ride with spirit and vivacity, making much of the horse from time
+to time as he answers with alacrity to the light and lively aids
+applied. A dull rider makes a dull horse, and <i>vice versâ</i>. Gradually, a
+well bred, good tempered animal will learn to answer smartly to the
+slightest indication of the rider's will, and while giving a good
+<i>appui</i> to the hand, will convey a most enjoyable feeling from his
+well-balanced elastic movement, without the necessity of strong or rough
+aids. In a very brief time the long whip can be dispensed with, and all
+inclination to throw the haunches in will cease. The animal has then
+acquired the <i>aplomb</i> necessary to fit him for the lady equestrian. He
+should then be taught by gradually inductive lessons to walk quietly up
+to his fences and jump freely, his haunches well under him; and
+subsequently to execute his leap from a steady, collected canter,
+without rush or hurry.</p>
+
+<p>During the latter part of each lesson he should be ridden with a skirt
+or rug on.</p>
+
+<p>He should then be accustomed to all kinds of sights and sounds, from the
+rattle of a wheelbarrow to the pattering file firing at a review, and
+the loud report of a great gun; and especially he should be habituated
+<i>to having all sorts of colours</i> about him.</p>
+
+<p>I well remember seeing a fine horse, that had been some time in the
+breaker's hand, and was perfect in his mouth and paces, put a general
+officer and his lady into a complete fix. The lady went to a review,
+having been assisted into her saddle by her husband in his mufti costume
+before he dressed for parade. After the review, the lady dismounted to
+partake of luncheon in a marquee, and, after the repast, the general
+proceeded to put his wife on her horse; but the gallant steed by no
+means understood the dancing plume of red and white feathers in the
+officer's cocked hat, and he would none of him. He snorted, pawed the
+ground in terror, ran back, and did everything but stand still, although
+he had stood the marching past and firing well enough. Unluckily the
+groom had been sent home, and there was nobody in mufti on the ground
+who could put the lady on her saddle. Even when the general took off his
+cocked hat, the horse, having taken a dislike to him, would not let his
+master come near him. Finally, as there was no carriages on the ground,
+the lady had to walk a considerable distance, her horse led by an
+orderly. The above goes to show that to make a horse perfect for a lady,
+nothing likely to occur in the way of sights or sounds should be
+overlooked. If the horse possesses the requisite power and form to fit
+him for a hunter, and the lady for whom he is intended graces the
+hunting field with her presence, the animal should be ridden quietly in
+cubhunting time as often as possible, in long trots, <i>beside</i> the hounds
+going to covert, and accustomed gradually to the music of the "sylvan
+choir," to stand quietly at the covert side, and take no heed of scarlet
+coats. If the horse has been otherwise well broken, the above is simply
+a question of time and patience.</p>
+
+<p>Let me now say something with regard to saddlery and appointments. The
+most important of these, of course, is the side-saddle, as to the form
+of which considerable diversity of opinion exists.</p>
+
+<p>My own experiences induce me to believe in a saddle which is as nearly
+as possible <i>flat</i> from between the pommels to the cantle; any dip in
+the stretcher of the tree, while it renders the lady's seat less secure,
+has also the effect of throwing her weight too much upon the horse's
+forehand, and thus cramping his action. When a lady has acquired skill
+and confidence in her riding, a saddle with a very low-cut pommel on
+the off side is best, because it not only admits of the rider getting
+her hands lower (for which occasion may frequently occur), but on the
+off side it gives the lady and the horse a far better appearance, the
+high off side pommel spoiling the graceful contour of figure in both.
+Worked or plain off-side flaps are matters of taste, and have nothing to
+do with utility. The stirrup should be a Victoria, well padded. The
+leather should be fitted on the near side, in a similar manner to a
+man's stirrup leather, and be quite independent of the quarter strap.
+The reason for this is obvious. If you fit a lady's stirrup leather ever
+so carefully after she is up, you cannot tell how much the horse "will
+give up" in his girth after an hour's riding, or even less; and the
+leather which takes up on the off side may give to the extent of three
+or four holes, thereby greatly incommoding the rider, especially if she
+is in the hunting field and has to jump her horse, as it is ten to one,
+although she has the power of pulling up the leather herself, if, in the
+excitement of the chase, either she or anybody else will notice the
+rendering of the leather, and a drop leap may bring the rider to grief,
+whereas the near side arrangement is a fixture, and always reliable. For
+really comfortable riding, I believe also that it is quite as necessary
+that a saddle should be made in such proportion as to <i>fit the lady</i>, as
+that it should fit the horse. Even a thoroughly accomplished horsewoman
+cannot ride easily in a saddle that is too short from pommel to cantle,
+or too narrow in the seat. In either case, both discomfort and ungainly
+appearance are the result; while to a lady of slight <i>petite</i> figure, a
+saddle too long from front to rear is equally unsightly, though possibly
+not quite so uncomfortable to the rider. Broad girths of the best
+materials are indispensable. There should be three of them. The quarter
+strap or girth should lead from the near side fork of the tree to a
+buckle piece attached to a ring on the off-side quarter, the ring giving
+the quarter strap a better bearing. A crupper should never be used; a
+horse that requires one is not fit for a lady. Saddle cloths are
+unnecessary to a carefully-pannelled saddle, and hide the symmetry of
+the horse. Breastplates or neck straps may be used for hunting, or the
+fitting of martingales (necessary sometimes). But the less leather
+about the horse, where it can be dispensed with, the better he will
+look.</p>
+
+<p>As to bridles, as a rule, I maintain that a lady's horse properly broken
+should ride right into an ordinary double bridle, bit, and bridoon, the
+port of the bit proportioned to the contour and setting on of the
+horse's head and neck, as should also be the length of the cheek piece
+and jaw of the bit; while the question of a plain or twisted bridoon or
+snaffle must be regulated by the hand of the rider and the mouth of the
+horse. For park or promenade riding, fashion of late years inclines to a
+single rein bridle or "Hanoverian," or hard and sharp. No doubt they are
+very sightly and neat in appearance; but with a high-couraged horse they
+require very nice and finished hands, and in the majority of cases, in
+my humble opinion, are safe only for the most accomplished female
+riders.</p>
+
+<p>I leave the question of bridle-fronts, bound with ribbon of pink, blue,
+or yellow, to the taste of my readers; when neatly put on and fresh,
+they look gay in the park. But either there or in the hunting field, I
+believe more in the plain leather front, as having, if I may so express
+it, a more workmanlike appearance.</p>
+
+<p>Having now endeavoured to describe the best preparations on foot for the
+pupil, the style of dress most suitable for her first lessons in
+equitation, the stamp of horse a lady should ride, the training he
+should undergo for the special service required of him, and the kind of
+saddlery and equipment he will travel best in, in my next chapter I will
+attempt briefly, but minutely, to detail the first step in the riding
+lesson proper, namely, the form in which the pupil should approach her
+horse in order to be assisted into the saddle, and the mounting motions,
+all of which are of great importance, as each motion should be executed
+gracefully, without hurry, and in a well defined and finished manner.
+Nothing connected with riding stamps the style and <i>tournure</i> of a lady
+more than the fashion in which she mounts her horse and arranges her
+habit; it ought, in fact, to be a matter as carefully looked to by the
+instructor as her mode of entering a room would be to a master of
+deportment.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The manner in which a lady should approach her horse in order to be
+assisted to mount should be carefully looked to by the instructor.
+Anything like hurry, while it is calculated to render the horse
+unsteady, is at the same time ungraceful, and the beginning of a bad
+habit always to be avoided.</p>
+
+<p>Everything in the way of mounting or dismounting a horse, either by a
+lady or gentleman, should be done with well-defined and deliberate,
+although smart motions. This precision once acquired is the good habit
+which becomes second nature to the rider, and is so highly indicative of
+good manners in equitation.</p>
+
+<p>To some persons the formula I am about to describe may appear too
+punctilious, and possibly carried to too nice a point of precision. But
+my idea is that in all these matters it is well to begin by <i>overdoing
+them</i> a little. We are all more or less prone to become careless in our
+carriage and bearing, both on foot and horseback, as we grow older;
+therefore overdoing them a trifle with young people may safely be
+pronounced an error on the right side.</p>
+
+<p>I have frequently heard the remark that it is of no consequence how a
+man or woman gets upon a horse, provided they can ride when once up. I
+maintain that graceful riding is true riding, and that if it is worth
+while to ride gracefully, it is equally worth while to mount gracefully.</p>
+
+<p>Let us then suppose the lady to be dressed and ready for her ride in
+school or <i>manége</i>. She should take the skirt of her habit in the full
+of both hands, holding her whip in the right; the skirt should be raised
+sufficiently to admit of the wearer walking freely. Then she should walk
+from a point in the school at right angles with her horse quietly to his
+shoulder, and face square to her left, standing just behind the
+animal's near elbow and parallel to his side. Thus facing to the front,
+and still holding her skirt with both hands, she should pass her whip
+from her right hand into the left, and "make much of her horse" by
+patting him on the near shoulder&mdash;the best method anybody (man or woman)
+can adopt as a first step to acquaintance with a strange horse; at the
+same time she should speak soothingly to her new equine friend. The
+horse should be held by a groom standing in front of him, and holding
+him by both reins. On the assistant approaching to lift the pupil to the
+saddle, the lady should return the whip to the right hand and drop her
+habit. She should then take the snaffle or bridoon rein in the centre
+with the left hand, at the end close to the buckle piece with the right,
+and draw them through the left until she has a light and equal feeling
+upon both sides of the horse's mouth. The right hand should then be
+placed firmly on the near side upper crutch of the saddle, the snaffle
+rein held between the pommel and the hand, the whip in the full of it.
+The left hand should then grip the reins, and the lady should resume her
+position square to the front, without moving her right hand or relaxing
+her grasp of the pommel of the saddle. The assistant (who should be <i>a
+gentleman</i>, not a groom) should then stoop low enough to place both his
+hands locked together in such a position that the pupil can place her
+left foot firmly on them, the left knee slightly bent. At the same time
+she should also place the flat of her left hand firmly on the right
+shoulder of the assistant, keeping her arm perfectly straight. The
+instructor should then give her the following directions: "On the word
+'one,' bend the right knee; on the word 'two,' spring smartly up from
+the right foot and straighten the left knee." If the pupil executes
+these movements simultaneously, keeping her left elbow perfectly firm
+and the arm straight, the assistant can lift her with the greatest ease
+to the level of the saddle, where, firmly grasping the pommel, she has
+only to make a half turn to her left, and she is seated sideways on her
+horse. The assistant should then straighten the skirt down, and taking
+the slack of it in his left hand, lift it over the near side upper
+crutch while the lady turns in her saddle, and facing square to her
+point, lifts her right knee over the pommel, bringing her right leg
+close to the forepoint of the saddle, with the leg well drawn back, and
+the toe raised from the instep. The assistant should then place the
+lady's foot well home in the stirrup. Before raising the right knee over
+the pommel, the lady should lift the snaffle reins with her right hand
+high enough to admit of her moving the leg without interfering with
+them. The right knee being firmly placed between the pommels, and the
+left foot in the stirrup, the pupil should then place her right hand
+with the snaffle reins between the finger and thumb and the whip in the
+full of the hand, firmly on the off-side pommel of the saddle. She
+should then draw her left foot well back, and getting a firm bearing on
+the stirrup, raise herself well up from the saddle, leaning forward
+sufficiently to preserve her balance. She should then pass her left hand
+back, and pull her skirt well out, so that there remains no ruck or
+wrinkle in it, and then quietly lower herself down to the saddle again.
+This act of clearing the slack of the skirt is one which it is so
+frequently necessary for the lady to execute when riding that she should
+practise it frequently in her early lessons. It is true that when the
+assistant first places her on the horse he can arrange her habit as she
+rises from the saddle; but, for some time, until she has acquired
+firmness and perfect balance, her habit will inevitably ride up,
+particularly in trotting, and it is necessary that she should learn to
+be independent in this respect of the gentleman who attends her.
+Moreover, as to arrange the habit gracefully requires considerable
+practice, it should form a distinct part of the lesson at first when the
+horse is standing perfectly still, afterwards at a walk, and finally at
+a trot. In cantering it cannot be done.</p>
+
+<p>Having arranged the hind part of her skirt, the lady should then take
+the front in her left hand, and pull it well forward, raising her right
+knee at the same time, to insure that she has perfect freedom of action
+for it. The left knee should then be placed firmly against the leaping
+crutch (or, as it is generally called, the third crutch) of the saddle;
+although with saddles devoid of an off-side pommel, it is, in fact, the
+second crutch. This important adjunct to a lady's firmness and security
+in riding should always be most carefully looked to by Paterfamilias
+when purchasing the saddle, and by the master after it is bought. I can
+well remember when the third crutch was unknown; and in these days, when
+its efficiency has been so abundantly proved, it really seems marvellous
+how ladies years ago could not only ride well without it, but even
+acquit themselves creditably in the hunting field. The secret of the
+matter, however, lies in this: First, although there was no third
+support for the rider, the off-side and near-side pommels were much
+closer together than those now made; the off-side one was well padded,
+and in most cases where ladies rode hunting it was usual to have an
+extra pad, which fitted on to the off-side crutch, and again narrowed
+the interval, according to the size of the lady, until her leg fitted
+tightly between the two crutches, thus giving her a very firm hold with
+the right knee. Nevertheless, it is evident that only the truest balance
+would enable the fair equestrians of those days to maintain their seats.</p>
+
+<p>When a young lady is first put on horseback, I believe in anything that
+can give her confidence, and for this purpose the third crutch is
+admirable, because she finds a firm purchase between the crutch and the
+stirrup. As this hold, however, is apt to degenerate into a complete
+reliance on the third pommel, it is necessary in a more advanced stage
+of the lessons in equitation to use a saddle without any such support
+for the pupil. The third crutch, when forming part of a side-saddle,
+<i>should never be removed</i>, as is too frequently done by grooms for the
+purpose of cleaning the saddle. The crutch itself is so constructed as
+to screw into a socket in the tree. By constantly screwing and
+unscrewing it, the thread of the screw wears out; in fact, this will
+occur much sooner than would be supposed. The consequence is that, let
+the lady or her assistant turn the third crutch to what angle they may
+in order to suit the length and formation of the lady's leg, the crutch
+will not remain in its proper position, but is continually shifting,
+turning, and wobbling, to the great discomfort of the rider; nay, I have
+seen more than one case where the crutch has turned edgeways to the
+rider's leg, and caused severe pain and bruising of the delicate limb.
+Let it be a strict injunction then, to your groom, "Never unscrew the
+third crutch;" and if you find the support shifting in its socket,
+shift the groom as soon as possible, and send the saddle to the saddler
+to be firmly fixed in.</p>
+
+<p>Why saddlers should fit these supports to turn at all, I can see no good
+reason. Some men, it is true, say that in putting a lady on horseback it
+is necessary to turn the third crutch round, so as to prevent it from
+catching the skirt; but for my own part I could never find any necessity
+for this, or any difficulty in clearing a lady's skirt when lifting her
+to the saddle. In purchasing a side-saddle, I repeat, the greatest
+judgment is necessary as regards the third crutch; while it should be
+long enough to give a good purchase and be well padded, it should be but
+<i>slightly curved</i>. A crutch that forms a considerable segment of a
+circle is both inconvenient and dangerous&mdash;inconvenient because it is a
+support of this description (if any) that is in a lady's way in
+mounting, and dangerous because, if in the hunting field a horse should
+chance to fall with his fair rider, she would be unable to extricate
+herself from her fallen steed, inasmuch as the nearly half-circular
+crutch would completely pin her leg to the horse. It is, in fact, almost
+as dangerous as if a man were to strap himself to his saddle (which, by
+the way, I once saw a very determined hunting man do when suffering from
+weakness in one leg). He had no opportunity, however, of testing his
+experiment, as the master of the hounds very judiciously told him that,
+if he persevered, he (the master) would take the hounds home.</p>
+
+<p>Nor is there any possible use in the enveloping of the leg by the thick
+crutch of the side-saddle. With the slightest possible bend, the support
+is sufficient if the rider sits fair and true in her saddle, while
+plenty of stuffing is necessary to avoid bruising the leg, especially in
+leaping. These "stumpy-looking" third crutches are certainly less
+sightly in the saddle-room than the more circular ones; but I submit
+that, inasmuch as it is not seen when the lady is up, it is of more
+consequence to consult her comfort and safety than the eye of the groom.</p>
+
+<p>When the lady has arranged her dress to her satisfaction, as above
+described, the next section of the lesson should consist in teaching how
+she should take up her reins; and here again the greatest care should
+be taken by the instructor that this is done coolly and <i>gracefully</i>,
+without hurry or "fumbling." A great deal of trouble in this way may be
+saved by the instructor teaching the lady how to take up her reins on
+foot. Thus, take an ordinary double bridle, let a lad hold the upper
+part of the head-stall in one hand, and the bits in the other, and stand
+opposite the pupil. Hang both reins over your left arm just as they
+would rest on the neck of the horse, the curb rein underneath, the
+bridoon rein above. Let the pupil then take hold of <i>both reins</i> at the
+end with the right hand; place the second finger of the left hand
+between the bridoon reins with the nearside rein uppermost, and the
+little finger of the same hand between the curb reins, the near-side
+curb rein uppermost. Let her then place both bridoon and bit reins
+perfectly flat over the middle joint of the forefinger of the left hand,
+and drop the end of the reins over the knuckles, then close the thumb
+firmly down on them. She will find then both bit and bridoon reins
+equally divided, and an equal facility of causing them to act on the
+horse's mouth, according to the direction in which she turns the wrist
+of her left or bridle hand proper, or assists it with her right hand,
+according to the aids hereafter to be described. The mode of holding the
+reins above laid down is called in the French school "Mode de Paysanne,"
+or civilian method. The military fashion, which is far more elegant, but
+not so well adapted at first for a beginner, is as follows.</p>
+
+<p>The pupil takes the end of the bridoon reins between the finger and
+thumb of the right hand, and passes them over the full of the left, or,
+to render the explanation still more simple, passes all the fingers of
+the left hand between them, the off side rein above, and the near side
+one below; the buckle piece on the knuckle of the forefinger, the rest
+of the rein hanging loosely down. Let the lady then take the bit or curb
+reins between the finger and thumb of the right hand, and pass the
+little finger of the left between them, the near side rein uppermost.
+With the right hand then let her draw the reins through the left,
+until&mdash;keeping the left hand perfectly quiet&mdash;she has a light, almost
+imperceptible, feeling on the horse's mouth. Let her then turn the bit
+reins over the middle joint of the forefinger of the left hand, and
+close the thumb down closely and firmly on them. The reins will then be
+precisely in the form in which a dragoon's reins are arranged when he is
+riding a finished horse at a field day or elsewhere. This method is
+therefore called the "mode militaire." But inasmuch as only a
+highly-finished horse can be ridden on the bit rein alone by an equally
+finished rider, in order to assist the latter, and to prevent the horse
+unduly feeling the action of the curb on his mouth, it is necessary that
+the rider should draw up the bridoon reins so as to obtain an equal
+feeling upon both bit and bridoon. Nothing can be more simple than to do
+this, as the rider has only with the right hand to take hold of the
+bridoon rein on the left or near side of the buckle or centre, and draw
+it up until the part passing under the lower edge of the hand is of
+equal length with the bit reins. She then closes her left thumb on both
+reins, and shortens the right bridoon rein until it is of equal length
+with the others. The rider has then an equal feeling of all four reins.
+She should then hold the ends with her right hand, and let the reins
+slip through the left until both hands are drawn back close to her
+waist, the wrists slightly rounded outwards, the back towards the
+horse's head, and the elbows drawn slightly back behind the waist.</p>
+
+<p>The instructor having placed the pupil's hands, should then proceed to
+correct her general position. The figure should be well drawn up from
+the waist, shoulders perfectly square and well thrown back, head and
+neck erect, the upper part of the arm hanging almost perpendicular from
+the shoulder, the elbows well back, so that a thin rod would pass
+between them and the waist; the obvious reason for this position of the
+hands and elbows being that, if they are allowed to go forward, the
+whole flexibility of the waist&mdash;upon which depends the comfort, grace,
+and security of the pupil's riding&mdash;is destroyed, and the lithe figure
+of the fair rider becomes rigid and wooden in appearance, and stiff in
+action.</p>
+
+<p>The upper part of the figure being thus placed, the master's attention
+should be directed to the position of the feet and legs. That of the
+right leg I have already described. The left leg, with the knee well
+bent, should be placed firmly against the third crutch, the heel well
+sunk, the toe raised from the instep, the foot at first well home in the
+stirrup. By well stretching down the heel the rider braces all the
+muscles at the back of the leg, and this, joined to drawing the figure
+well up from the waist, secures that true balance so indispensable to
+good riding. The right leg should be well bent and drawn back as near as
+possible to the left leg.</p>
+
+<p>This should be the position at a walk, the aids for which, and the turns
+I leave for another chapter.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Let me now offer a few remarks on a subject upon which considerable
+diversity of opinion exists, namely, whether the teaching of a young
+lady in riding may or may not be entrusted to a female professor of
+equitation in preference to a man. At the first glance, there seems to
+be good reason for preferring the tuition of the lady but, on careful
+consideration, I believe most of those interested in the matter will
+agree with me that, under many circumstances likely to occur, one lady,
+however good a horsewoman herself, is likely to be quite unable to
+render the desired assistance to a pupil, conceding, at the same time
+that, as regards the details of dress, the opinion of a lady who has had
+long practice in the saddle may be very useful.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, the placing of the pupil on the horse and taking her
+off cannot possibly be as well done, to say the least, by a lady
+instructor as it can by a gentleman; neither would the performance of
+such an office be graceful or convenient to either. Secondly, all that
+portion of the instruction which should be given by the instructor on
+foot while the pupil is on horseback can be better given by a man who
+understands his business than by a lady, because, although the tone of
+voice in which the instruction is conveyed should be kindly, and the
+manner cheerful and encouraging, a degree of <i>firmness</i> and
+<i>conciseness</i> is necessary, which few ladies possess, for the reason
+that the art of teaching riding, like riding itself, requires a
+considerable practice and long drilling into the instructor in a school
+where smartness of diction and expression form part of the education of
+an intended professor of equitation. Thirdly, assuming both instructor
+and pupil to be in the saddle, a lady, although thoroughly mistress of
+her own horse, is unable to aid her pupil as easily as a man can.</p>
+
+<p>In the early lessons given (the instructor being on horseback), it is
+necessary that the latter should be close enough to the pupil's horse on
+the off side to be able at any moment to place the hands of the learner,
+to check any exuberant action of the horse by laying the left hand
+firmly upon the reins; and in the first essays made by the pupil in the
+trotting lesson, to assist her by the left hand of the instructor placed
+under the right elbow of the beginner.</p>
+
+<p>And finally, should any necessity arise during a ride for dismounting
+the pupil, a lady instructor labours under this difficulty, that having
+dismounted herself, and both pupil and teacher being on the ground, the
+act of mounting again by two ladies, unattended by a man, is one of
+considerable difficulty and possible danger.</p>
+
+<p>From the very necessity of her position in the saddle, a lady teaching
+another cannot, without inconvenience to both legs (the left
+especially), approach near enough to her pupil's horse to assist the
+latter with her left hand, because her left leg is always in danger of
+coming in contact with the other horse; while on a windy day the skirt
+of her habit is likely enough to be blown into his flank, and thereby
+make him unsteady. Not long since I saw two ladies who were riding,
+unattended by a man, in a very awkward predicament. Both are practised
+riders, possessing capital seats and hands, and are equal to any
+contingency likely to occur as long as they are in the saddle; nay, one
+of the ladies is, I believe, the most accomplished horsewoman I ever
+saw. Her seat is both fine and graceful to a degree; her hands
+perfection, her nerve first-rate, and her experience in riding even
+difficult horses with hounds considerable. This lady was the elder of
+the two; her companion was considerably younger, but although a very
+accomplished rider, she lacked the experience of her friend. Something
+had gone amiss with the younger lady's saddle, and both ladies
+dismounted to arrange it. The elder was quite equal to this, for I have
+seen her many times saddle and bridle her own horse, and with one that
+would stand quietly (being herself exceedingly supple and active), she
+can put her hands on the upper pommel and vault into the saddle without
+any assistance. But in the case I allude to she was completely fixed.
+Her horse was a chesnut thoroughbred, only four years old; and,
+although, despite all difficulty I believe, had she been alone, she
+would have succeeded in mounting, her friend and her horse placed her in
+an awkward dilemma. She was compelled from time to time to use one hand
+to disengage the folds of her habit, and she had to hold both horses,
+even if her friend could have gained her saddle unassisted. Neither
+horse would stand still; the one, as is invariably the case in such
+little difficulties, setting a bad example, which the other was not slow
+to follow. To hold two horses, keep clear of her own habit, while the
+horses were shifting their positions continually, and give her friend
+even the least help in mounting, proved too much even for the
+highly-finished lady equestrian, and as the <i>contretemps</i> occurred on a
+lone country road, I believe they would have been compelled to lead
+their horses a considerable distance, had I not chanced opportunely to
+arrive. In such places as Rotten-row a lady instructor may get on
+tolerably well with her pupil, because, in case of any mishap, there are
+plenty of men always at hand who know what a horse is; but in
+out-of-the-way country places it is very different. The British rustic,
+whatever other good qualities he may possess, is not celebrated, as a
+rule, for over politeness to ladies&mdash;strangers particularly. In proof of
+the above, there is a story current in this neighbourhood which is
+likely enough to be true, although I cannot vouch for it myself. The
+tale runs thus:&mdash;A lady (one of the daughters of a noble house) having
+married, had gone abroad with her husband, and been absent from the home
+of her early days so long that the uprising generation of young people
+about the estate knew her not. She was taking a ride one day unattended,
+and mounted on a steady cob, had been visiting the long-cherished scenes
+of her childhood, when she came to a very awkward bridle gate, seated on
+which was a juvenile "wopstraw" in duck frock, leather leggings, and
+wideawake. The boy jumped down and opened the gate for the lady, at the
+same time taking off his hat. Now the fair recipient of this delicate
+attention was well aware of the fact that the village people on the
+paternal estate were celebrated in the county for their rough manners to
+strangers, ladies forming no exception, so she was agreeably surprised
+at the exceptional good behaviour of the youngster, the more so as she
+was quite sure he did not know her. Taking a shilling out of her purse
+she gave it to him, observing: "You are a very good boy," and added,
+laughing, "I am sure you were not born at D." (the name of the principal
+village on the estate). But to the donor's horror the youngster,
+grasping his hat firmly in one fist and the shilling in the other, with
+a fiery glare of indignation in his fat face and flashing eye, replied,
+"Thou be'st a loyar (liar), I wor."</p>
+
+<p><i>Verbum sap.</i> All rustics are not so ill behaved as the one above
+mentioned. But as very few of them will go far out of their road to
+assist a stranger, it is as well that ladies riding in remote country
+parts should be attended by a gentleman; and I repeat, for all purposes
+of instruction, the attendance of a man will be found far more efficient
+than that of a lady.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The frontispiece represents the stamp of horse best calculated to carry
+a lady, and is a very truthful likeness of a five-year-old horse, named
+Prince Arthur, a son of the celebrated racehorse Stockwell, his dam a
+half-bred Arab mare.</p>
+
+<p>The subject of the plate, therefore, has some of the very best English
+blood in his veins, in conjunction with that Eastern strain from which
+in all probability our magnificent British thoroughbreds derive a
+considerable proportion of their power of endurance, or, in turf
+phraseology, their staying quality.</p>
+
+<p>The horse is a first-class hack, as good a performer over the great
+Leicestershire pastures and formidable oxers which so often bar the way
+in that sporting county, as he has already proved himself in the
+<i>manége</i>; and, as he possesses, in addition to true and most elastic
+action, fine temper and indomitable courage, I venture to present his
+likeness as my type of the sort of animal adapted either for Rotten-row
+or to hold his own in the "first flight" over a country.</p>
+
+<p>A common error is that any weedy thoroughbred, too slow for racing, and
+without the "timber" and substance to enable him to carry a 10-stone man
+to hounds, is good enough for a lady's riding. There can be no greater
+mistake. While quality and fashion are indispensable in a woman's horse,
+strength and substance are equally necessary. As I have before observed,
+the very conditions upon which the comfort and safety of a lady's riding
+depend, leave her horse without that support in his action which he
+would derive from the riding of a good man; while, however true the
+balance of the lady may be, still the horse's powers are called upon in
+a long ride, either on the flat or over the country, in a way which
+tests him severely. There must therefore be plenty of wear and tear in
+the right place&mdash;great strength in the loins, a back <i>not too short</i>,
+aided by strong and well-arched back ribs, which are at the same time
+not too closely locked up.</p>
+
+<p>The Arab horse proper, despite his great capability of endurance, his
+symmetrical contour and extraordinary sagacity, is still a trying mount
+for a lady unaccustomed to him. With great power in his hind quarters
+(as a rule), he is short in the back, low and short in front of the
+saddle. The consequence is that from his powerful back action, he
+pitches too much in his collected paces to ride pleasantly to a woman,
+although when striding away at top speed he is easy enough.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, the English horse that possesses length enough to
+enable him to travel easily under the fair equestrian too often has the
+length in the wrong place, and cannot stay&mdash;a defect fatal to enjoyable
+riding for a lady, at all events in the hunting field.</p>
+
+<p>It is to the admixture of Eastern and Western blood, therefore, that one
+has to look for symmetry of topping conjoined to length in the right
+place, power, and substance.</p>
+
+<p>I now proceed to say a few words as to the "aids" to be employed to put
+the horse in motion. In order to impress these thoroughly upon the
+memory of the fair tyro, the preceptor should adopt a form of question
+and answer to the following effect:</p>
+
+<p>Q. What are the aids to make a horse walk?&mdash;A. A pressure of the leg to
+his side, at the same time easing the hand.</p>
+
+<p>Q. How is the hand to be eased?&mdash;A. From the wrist; the arm being kept
+perfectly steady, and the little finger yielding towards the horse's
+neck.</p>
+
+<p>Q. How many lines of action should the little finger of the bridle hand
+move on?&mdash;A. Four. First, towards the waist; second, towards the horse's
+neck; third, towards the right shoulder; fourth, towards the left.</p>
+
+<p>Q. What are the objects of these motions?&mdash;A. First, to collect, halt,
+or rein back the horse. Second, to give him facility of moving forward.
+Third, to turn him to the left. Fourth, to turn him to the right. The
+upper part of the rider's figure to be slightly turned from the waist,
+by bringing forward the right shoulder when turning to the left and
+<i>vice versâ</i>, in order to enable her to move exactly on the same line as
+the horse, and so to preserve completely her due <i>aplomb</i> or balance in
+the saddle. The above, in a slightly modified form, is the instruction
+laid down in the "Military Aid Book," as is the following.</p>
+
+<p>Q. What is meant by a light hand?&mdash;A. An almost imperceptible easing and
+feeling of the bridle hand, so as to preserve the natural delicacy of
+the horse's mouth.</p>
+
+<p>The foregoing, however, while it indicates correctly and concisely what
+a light hand is, is scarcely explicit enough for a beginner. I believe
+the best definition to be this: when a horse is "light in hand,"
+according to the technical meaning, it should by no means be understood
+that he has so delicate a mouth that he fears the action of the bit in
+it. On the contrary, having in his breaking been fairly balanced, the
+greater part of the weight on his haunches, and ridden well up to his
+bridle, he should admit of a steady <i>appui</i> between his mouth and the
+rider's hand, while he bends in the poll of the neck.</p>
+
+<p>Thoroughly balanced, and bending as above described, his mouth yields to
+the action of the rider's hand, and is "light" in the true sense of the
+principles of equitation.</p>
+
+<p>A great deal of nonsense is talked about ladies' hands being so much
+more light and delicate than those of a man. The truth is, that,
+assuming both male and female rider to be equally practised in the
+saddle, there is no difference whatever in the feeling or <i>appui</i> given
+by the horse.</p>
+
+<p>Thoroughly habituated to obey certain indications conveyed to him
+through the medium of the bridle reins and leg or other aid of the
+rider, he will answer to them precisely in the same manner to a lady as
+he would to a man; while, on the other hand, if these indications are
+not given with well-defined clearness and precision, he will not answer
+to anybody's riding.</p>
+
+<p>There is a point, however, as regards the action of the hands, to which
+I beg to call the particular attention both of young ladies commencing
+their lessons in equitation and of gentlemen (non-professional) who may
+undertake the task of teaching riding.</p>
+
+<p>A great difference of opinion exists as to whether the action of the
+bridle hand should be from the wrist only, or whether (spring like, if I
+may use the expression) the "give and take" action should be conveyed by
+the upper part of the arm being quite mobile at the shoulder joint and
+in conjunction with the forearm, the latter kept, however, close to the
+side, and moving easily and freely to the horse's action. The latter
+theory is warmly advocated by many thoroughly experienced horsemen and
+professors of female equitation, who maintain that to teach a young lady
+to keep the arm firm to the side, in the manner adopted in the military
+riding school, is not only to give her a rigid wooden appearance on her
+horse, but also to destroy the proper flexibility of her figure.</p>
+
+<p>On the other hand, some instructors&mdash;those especially who are veterans
+of the cavalry <i>manége</i>&mdash;insist that firmness of the arm should in all
+cases be rigidly demanded.</p>
+
+<p>My experience induces me to come to a conclusion which is midway between
+these opposing theories.</p>
+
+<p>In the first lessons given to a lady on horseback it is well to insist
+upon her keeping the arm steady, because otherwise she is ready not only
+to yield her hand to every movement of the horse, be that yielding right
+or wrong, but gradually and imperceptibly to herself her hands will
+steal forward until they are eight or ten inches in front of her, the
+consequence being that the muscles of the waist become rigid, and the
+flexibility of her figure at its most important point, as regards
+riding, is lost, while the hands remain in the awkward and ungainly
+position I allude to.</p>
+
+<p>For the above reason, therefore, it is desirable to inculcate firmness
+of the lower part of the arm to the side in the early lessons; the hands
+drawn back close to the waist. And, in order to make this form of riding
+more easily comprehensible to the pupil at her first essay, the
+following will be found highly effective:</p>
+
+<p>Let the instructor stand in front of the horse, and taking the bridle
+reins one in each hand, let him caution the pupil <i>not</i> to yield to him
+if he pulls against her. Let him then take a quick, sharp pull at the
+reins in the same way as a horse would when trying to get his head free
+from the rider's control. The master will find that, despite the
+caution, both the pupil's hands will come forward at once; and if this
+action on the bridle had been executed by the horse instead of his
+master, the former would have gained his first step in having his own
+way, and, for instance, from a collected canter could increase his pace
+at his own will. Now, there is nothing more important in the action of
+the hand in controlling the horse than firmness and instantaneous
+decision in yielding or maintaining the <i>appui</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"If" (say some theorists) "a horse pulls against you, drop your hand to
+him." This is rather a vague expression, which, in fact, conveys no real
+meaning to an inexperienced person; among horsemen it is intended to
+convey that you should yield to the horse whenever he pulls or takes a
+liberty with the hand. Now, the direct reverse of this is the course to
+be adopted by all riders who wish to acquire good hands. When a horse
+endeavours to forereach upon the rider, the latter, instead of yielding,
+should close his hands firmly on the reins, and keep the arms perfectly
+steady, <i>without pulling an ounce</i> against the horse; at the same time
+closing his leg with equal firmness. In the next stride or two the horse
+will yield to the hand, which should instantly yield to him; and thus he
+learns that you are master of him, and goes well together, or, as it is
+technically called, collectedly and within himself; whereas if the hand
+is freely yielded whenever he takes a liberty or romps for his head, in
+a very brief time he will be all abroad, and going in any form but that
+best for himself or his rider.</p>
+
+<p>To ensure firmness and steadiness of the hands, however, equal firmness
+and steadiness are requisite in the arms, and, for that reason, the
+pupil should be taught to keep them close to the side; an additional
+reason being that, if this is neglected, a beginner, as it were,
+disconnects the figure from the waist upwards, and loses her true
+balance. When the pupil has had sufficient practice to ensure steadiness
+in the saddle, the injunction as to arms perfectly steady may be
+relaxed; and gradually, while there is no lateral motion of the arm from
+the side or sticking out of the elbows, the lady will learn to give easy
+play to the shoulder joint without destroying the neatness of her
+riding or her power to fix her arms for a moment if the horse tries to
+get his head away. In short, my theory is that it is impossible for the
+pupil to learn the true <i>appui</i>, or acquire what is usually called a
+light hand, until she has acquired a steady one. It is easy enough to
+tell her to "give and take" to the cadence of the horse's action; but
+the precise moment at which to do this must be made clear to the learner
+by some well defined and easily comprehensible rule. I submit that the
+readiest way of defining it is that I have attempted in the foregoing.
+Having carefully given the above instruction, see that the pupil is
+sitting fair and true in the saddle, and be careful to correct any
+tendency to throwing forward the right shoulder, which is both inelegant
+and destructive of balance. See that the right knee is in a firm, but
+still flexible form on the upper pannels. Caution the pupil while she
+draws her figure well up from the waist to stretch the left heel well
+down; and let her then, keeping her hands perfectly quiet, press the
+horse forward into a walk with the leg, while she yields the little
+finger from the wrist only. Let her make the horse walk freely out, but
+up to his bridle, the whip being applied, if necessary, on the off
+shoulder if he hangs back behind his work.</p>
+
+<p>Nearly all young people, when first put on horseback, are anxious to be
+off in a canter at once, and it is a sore trial to their patience to be
+kept at a walk. But there can be no greater mistake than to allow them
+to canter a horse until they have learnt the "alpha" of their
+business&mdash;that important lesson, how to make a horse walk true and fair.</p>
+
+<p>This accomplished, "going large" round school or paddock, the pupil
+should be carefully instructed how to turn her horse square to the right
+or left, and to rein him back. And in order to make the instruction as
+clear and concise as possible, again, in a modified form, the "Book of
+Aids" may be called upon. The formula there laid down, in the shape of
+question and answer, is as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>Q. How do you turn a horse to the right or left?&mdash;A. By a double feeling
+of the inward rein, retaining a steady feeling of the outward. The horse
+kept up to the hand by pressure of both legs. The outward by the
+strongest. Now, as in the case of a lady, there is no right leg to
+support the horse, in turning, he is liable to lean upon the hand; the
+rider should close the left leg firmly, and touch him lightly on the
+off-side with her whip, which will at once cause him to keep his
+forehand up and his haunches under him. After being once or twice so
+corrected he will turn carefully, without hurry or coming on his
+shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>The pupil should then be taught to turn her horse right and left about
+in the centre of the <i>manége</i>, the aids being simply continued until the
+animal faces the reverse way, the pupil turning her horse upon his
+centre in the middle of the <i>manége</i>, instead of his haunches, as at the
+side. Plenty of practice should be given in making these turns, because
+by them the pupil learns to bring up the right or left shoulder
+according to the hand turned to, the right shoulder in turning to the
+left, and <i>vice versâ</i>; and this should be most carefully attended to by
+the master, otherwise the body of the pupil is moving on one line and
+the horse on another, and in case of his flirting the pupil is already
+half-way out of her saddle. Too much attention therefore cannot be given
+to this vital point in the <i>aplomb</i> for this obvious reason&mdash;if a lady
+once acquires the habit (which unfortunately too many do) of allowing
+the horse to turn without "going with him," it is quite on the cards
+that some day a horse, a trifle too fresh, may jump round with her. If
+the above principle of "going" with the horse has been thoroughly well
+taught her in her early lessons she will have no difficulty in
+accompanying the action of the horse, if she even fail in checking it;
+but if she is permitted so to sit as to be looking over her horse's left
+ear when she turns him to the right, she is leaving the question of her
+seat entirely to the generosity of the steed. And it may be as well to
+say at once that, with the best intentioned, broken, or mannered horse,
+it may be laid down as a golden rule in riding to leave nothing to his
+generosity. Horses are very keen in their perceptions, and can detect in
+a manner little suspected by the inexperienced when they have one at a
+disadvantage.</p>
+
+<p>Reining back may be practised from time to time. To do this well, again
+clearly defined instructions should be given. First the horse should be
+halted. Thus: A light <i>firm</i> feeling of both reins, to check his forward
+movement; the leg closed tightly at the same time, to keep him up to the
+hand; the reins to be eased as soon as the horse is halted. The aids for
+reining back should then be explained as follows: Closing the hands
+firmly on the reins, the rider should feel the horse's mouth as though
+the reins were made of silken thread instead of leather, and close her
+leg quietly to keep him up to the hand. There should be no dead pull at
+the horse's mouth, but the reins should be eased at every step he takes
+backwards, which, if the aids are smoothly and truly applied, he will do
+without throwing his haunches either in or out. In the early lessons the
+pupil should not be allowed to rein her horse back more than two or
+three steps at a time. The use of reining back is to bring the greater
+weight from the horse's forehand to his haunches, to collect him and
+make him light in hand. (See "Aid Book.") It is also of great use in
+assisting the pupil to correct her own <i>aplomb</i> in the saddle, and
+acquire a true <i>appui</i> on the horse's mouth. Every movement of the hand
+of the rider, however, and every step of the horse, should be carefully
+watched by the instructor. The horse should never be allowed to <i>hurry</i>
+back, as that will at once enable him to get behind his bridle.</p>
+
+<p>These lessons at a walk, the turns to the right and left, turns about
+and reining back, should be continued until the pupil executes them with
+precision. Her position should be rigidly attended to, all stiffness
+avoided, and nothing in the shape of careless sitting allowed to pass
+unnoticed. I repeat, the early lessons should, if anything, be a little
+overdone in the way of exactness, because any careless habit acquired at
+such a stage is most difficult to get rid of afterwards. When the pupil
+is thoroughly <i>au fait</i> at her walking lesson, she should commence the
+next important section, that, namely, of learning to trot, the formula
+of which I will endeavour to explain in my next chapter, concluding this
+with a description of the form in which a lady should dismount, and the
+assistance that should be afforded by the master.</p>
+
+<p>Having halted the horse in the centre of the school, his head should be
+held by a steady groom. The lady should then pass the reins from the
+right hand to the left, and quietly lift her skirt with the right hand
+until she can easily disengage her right knee from the upper pommels. At
+the same moment her left foot should be disengaged by the assistant from
+the stirrup, and her skirt from the near-side pommel or third crutch.
+The lady should then drop the reins on the horse's neck, and having
+disengaged her right knee, turn quietly to the left in her saddle, and
+face the assistant. She should then with both hands take up the slack of
+her habit until her feet are quite clear of it, otherwise, on alighting
+she is liable to trip and fall, possibly right into the arms of the
+assistant, which is not, by any means, according to rule.</p>
+
+<p>Having gathered up the skirt, the lady should then carry her hands
+forward about eight or ten inches from her knees, and rest both her
+hands firmly on those of the assistant, who should raise them up well
+for the purpose. It remains only then for the lady to glide smoothly
+down from the saddle, and, slightly supported by the assistant, she will
+alight easily and gracefully on <i>terra firma</i>. Some riding masters have
+a fashion of taking a lady off her horse by placing both hands on her
+waist and allowing her to throw her weight forward upon them. Such a
+practice is <i>outré</i>, inelegant, and unsafe, because the lady is likely
+enough to throw more weight forward than the master anticipated, in
+which case both may come to the ground, to the great discomfiture of the
+fair equestrian.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Trotting Lesson.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>This, once thoroughly mastered, gives the pupil confidence and security
+on her horse, and is the great inductive step by which she learns the
+value of balance. Some years ago it was considered that if a lady could
+sit her horse gracefully at a walk, and securely at a canter, she had
+accomplished all that was correct or necessary in female equitation.
+Trotting was altogether ignored, for the simple reason that ladies found
+it extremely difficult to do, and impossible to find anybody who could
+help them out of their difficulty by teaching them the right way. In
+those days most of the riding masters were men who had been instructors
+in the cavalry. In that arm of the service, trotting according to
+regulation is quite a different thing to the easy rise and fall seat
+practised by civilians on horseback. It is a necessity in cavalry, in
+order to preserve the dressing in line, that a man should sit down in
+his saddle at a trot, and allow the horse to shake him fair up and down
+in it. If the rising seat were allowed, it would be impossible to
+preserve anything like dressing. This shake-up, or "bumping" seat,
+however, as men out of the army call it, is by no means so distressing
+as some people imagine, unless the horse is unusually rough in his
+action.</p>
+
+<p>The reason is that the military trot is taught upon the principle of
+balance. The man sits fair down on his seat, and, keeping his knee
+forward and his heel well down, does not cling to the horse by muscular
+grasp; consequently the bumping, so terrific to the eye of the civilian,
+is scarcely felt by the soldier, and in continental armies, where rough
+trotting horses are exceptional, the motion or jolt is scarcely
+perceptible. There are a great many popular fallacies about military
+riding&mdash;as, for instance, that a dragoon rides with a very long
+stirrup; that his seat is insecure; that the bumping gives a horse a
+sore back; and that, except a sailor and a tailor, a dragoon officer is
+about the worst horseman to be found. This is not exactly the place to
+enter into any controversy on the subject; but I may as well observe at
+once, and I do so because I am sure the old soldiers are not altogether
+despised by the ladies, even in this non-military country, that all the
+foregoing are so many mistakes. A dragoon, any time within my memory,
+rode just the same length as a man does over a country&mdash;that is to say
+that, measuring the cavalry man's leather and iron by the length of his
+arm and hand, which is the right length for a civilian, you have exactly
+the cavalry regulation length. The stirrup of a lancer indeed is
+somewhat shorter than that used by most hunting men. Finally, an
+acquaintance with the <i>habitués</i> of such places as Melton would prove to
+unbelievers in the riding of cavalry officers that the names of most of
+the men who go to the front in the hunting-field, and keep there, are to
+be found in the "Army List." I have been tempted thus to digress by
+having referred to the military riding school, from which in former
+days, most, if not all, the riding masters who taught ladies came. Now,
+although I stand up (as in duty bound) for the military system of riding
+<i>per se</i>, it does not produce the right man to teach a woman to ride, if
+the experience of the preceptor has been acquired in the riding school
+only. Excellent as is our system (or, rather, the German system, for it
+is imported from the Prussian service), for making a man a first-class
+dragoon, as regards anything connected with a lady's seat or the
+principle of her balance, it is useless.</p>
+
+<p>As regards her hands, or the application of the "aids" of the <i>manége</i>,
+it is highly beneficial, because nothing can be more clear or concise
+than the simple rules laid down in military equitation for the
+application of the "helps," by which a horse's easy movement is
+controlled and regulated. It was principally to the want of men who
+could teach a lady to ride, however, that the absence of a trotting in
+the side saddle was to be attributed "lang syne."</p>
+
+<p>It is altogether different now. Riding masters took to riding across
+country, and their daughters took to it also, naturally. Awkward spills
+occurred; and long journeys home after hunting, all done at a canter,
+terribly shook the horse's legs and the temper of the head of the
+family. "Why the deuce can't you let your horse trot?" I once heard the
+worthy sire of a blooming girl of sixteen say to his daughter, who was
+pounding away on the hard road on the <i>retour de chasse</i>. "For God's
+sake let him trot, Carry. You'll hammer his legs all to pieces. Why
+don't you let him trot?" "Because, pa, he won't let me trot," was the
+unanswerable reply. True enough; Carry knew nothing about it, and there
+was nobody to tell her. She was riding on a saddle that fitted neither
+her nor her horse. She had no third crutch, and she had a slipper
+stirrup (that worst of abominations in ladies' saddlery). Looking back
+at those days, the only wonder to me is, how ladies managed to ride at
+all. That they did ride is certainly proof (if any were wanting) of
+their courage and perseverance under difficulties.</p>
+
+<p>The necessity for trotting having become apparent as ladies took more to
+riding, it at length called the attention of one or two thoroughly
+practical men to the subject. The first of these, I believe, was the
+celebrated steeple race jockey, Dan Seffert, who had been a riding
+master in his early days, and who was equally at home in the <i>manége</i> or
+between the flags over a country.</p>
+
+<p>The running made by Mr. Seffert was soon taken up by other first-class
+horsemen, among whom were Mr. Oldacre, and Mr. Allen, of Seymour-place.
+The third crutch was added to the side saddle, and numerous improvements
+effected in it, which rendered trotting not only practicable, but
+pleasant and easy to a lady, provided she was taught the right way. I
+believe we owe the third crutch and padded stirrup to Mr. Oldacre, a
+first-class judge of female equitation; but I am not quite certain upon
+this point. The saddle having been rendered practicable for the purpose,
+the next thing requisite was a comprehensible and simple set of rules,
+by which the lady could be taught to trot, without distressing either
+her horse or herself. To whom these rules owe their origin is
+immaterial; as to their efficiency, such as they are, I have found them
+highly so, and therefore beg leave to submit them to your readers.</p>
+
+<p>After the usual walking lesson (abridged, however, to allow more time
+for what is to follow), the pupil should ride her horse to the centre of
+the school, and halt him there, so that the instructor has perfect
+facility of getting at the horse on any side, and seeing the exact form
+in which his pupil moves. The lady should then be instructed to take a
+firm hold with the right knee on the upper pommel of the saddle,
+grasping it well between the thigh and the lower part of the leg, and
+carrying the latter well back, with the heel sunk as close as possible
+to the left leg. By sinking the heel well, she will give great firmness
+to her hold with the right leg upon the upper pommels. To accomplish
+this, however, she should get well forward in her saddle, and care
+should be taken that her stirrup is not too short, otherwise she will be
+thrown too far back to enable her to take the necessary grip with the
+upper leg. The left leg should then be well drawn back, the front of the
+thigh pressed firmly against the third crutch, the left heel well sunk,
+and the toe raised from the instep, because a firmness is thus given to
+the leg and thigh which would otherwise be wanting. The body, from the
+waist upwards, should be inclined slightly forward, and the angle at
+which the left foot is drawn back from the perpendicular line from the
+knee to the foot should be regulated by the inclination of the body
+forward, so as exactly to balance it.</p>
+
+<p>Having placed his pupil in this position, and seen that her hands are
+well drawn back and arms firm, the instructor should then <i>take her foot
+out of the stirrup</i>, and give the following concise instructions: "On
+the word 'one,' raise the body slowly from the saddle as high as
+possible." Now, to do this without the aid of the stirrup can only be
+accomplished by keeping the heel well down and the leg back (in the
+first place, in order to balance the body), and then raising the figure
+by the action of the right knee and its grasp upon the upper pommel. At
+first the pupil will find this difficult, even when the horse is
+perfectly motionless, and when the riding master assists her by putting
+his left hand under her left elbow; but after a few efforts she will
+succeed. This is the first step in learning the rise with precision.
+Having accomplished it, the pupil should not lower herself again to the
+saddle until the instructor gives her the word "two," when she should
+lower herself as slowly as she rose.</p>
+
+<p>If she has been well tutored in the extension and suppling practices
+alluded to in my second chapter, she will understand what "one, two"
+time means in this way as well as in dancing, and her knowledge of
+balance on foot will assist her on horseback. These rising and falling
+motions should be continued until the pupil executes them with
+precision, fair intervals of rest being allowed. The master should then
+place the lady's foot again in the stirrup.</p>
+
+<p>The absence of this support in the previous lesson will have prevented
+the pupil from leaning to the near side, and throwing her weight out of
+the perpendicular&mdash;a most pernicious habit, which ladies who try to
+learn their trotting in one lesson are very apt to fall into, and it is
+a fault very difficult to correct. In fact, the main object in beginning
+without a stirrup is to avoid this error.</p>
+
+<p>With the support of the stirrup the pupil will find the act of rising
+and maintaining an upright or slightly bent forward position (the figure
+raised well up from the saddle) a comparatively easy matter, and the
+lesson should be continued thus for a quarter of an hour longer. However
+trying to the patience this riding without gaining ground&mdash;"marking
+time" in the saddle&mdash;may be, the lady maybe assured, that it is by rigid
+attention to such minutiæ only that she can become a first-class
+horsewoman, and that she is in reality losing no time.</p>
+
+<p>When we hear the singing of Mme. Titiens, or recollect the unrivalled
+dancing of Taglioni, we are apt to forget that with all the natural
+talent of these great artistes, it was close attention to rudimentary
+elements that laid the foundations of their excellence. It is so in
+riding, to excel in which is far more difficult than in dancing. It is
+those only who are content with mediocrity who ignore detail. We come
+now to the second section of this lesson, in which the pupil will begin
+to find the first fruit of her previous exertion. The master having led
+her horse to the side of the school, should give her instruction to walk
+him freely out, riding him, however, well up against the snaffle, if
+necessary for this purpose using her whip sharply. The horse will then
+take fairly hold of her hand, and give her a good <i>appui</i>. The rising
+and falling should then be continued at a walk, and assisted by the
+impetus given by the horse's forward motion, and the stirrup, the pupil
+will find her work still easier than when the horse was at a standstill.</p>
+
+<p>The instructor should now count his "one," "two," in different times,
+allowing a longer or shorter interval between each word, according to
+whether he means to convey to the pupil the notion of quick sharp action
+in the horse, or long dwelling action. Thus, when the horse trots, he
+will be able to count his time in exact accordance with the animal's
+movements. Be the time quick or slow that he counts, he should exact
+rigid conformity of action in the pupil; because this harmony of motion
+to the counting is as important to success in the riding master as it is
+to the music master. Time and cadence in action are vital points in
+equitation.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the instructor is satisfied that his pupil can easily
+accommodate her action to his word, he should prepare to test both in
+the trot. But if he takes a week to get the pupil to do the two previous
+lessons (one of them even) properly, they should be continued until she
+does it; nobody can spell until he knows the alphabet.</p>
+
+<p>To carry on the lesson in the trot, the instructor should mount a cob or
+pony of such height as will admit of his easily placing his left hand
+under the right elbow of the pupil. He should ride with his reins in his
+right hand, and be sure that the horse he gets on is a perfectly steady
+one.</p>
+
+<p>He should now put plenty of vivacity into his own manner; he will then
+easily impart it to his pupil and her horse. The latter should be
+smartly "woke up" if at all behind his work&mdash;pressed up to the bridle
+with whip and leg, and "made ready" to increase his pace at any moment.
+The master should then caution his pupil that on the words "Prepare to
+trot," she should strengthen her grasp on the upper pommel, her pressure
+against the third crutch, and well stretch down the left heel, while she
+carries back the left leg, and inclines the body slightly forward from
+the waist, arms very firm, fingers shut tight on the reins; and while
+the body inclines forward there should be no outward or lateral
+curvature of the spine, nor should the head be dropped. The shoulders
+pressed well back, and the hands close to the waist, will give firmness
+and suppleness to the whole figure. Directly the master is satisfied
+with the pupil's position, he should place his left hand under her right
+elbow, urge his own horse smartly on, and give the word "Trot," on which
+the pupil should, without altering her position or yielding her hand,
+touch her horse smartly on the shoulder with the whip; he will then trot
+forward. At the first step he takes the master should help the pupil up
+with his left hand, and commence counting his "one," "two" in exact
+accordance with the horse's action. In nine cases out of ten the lady
+will succeed, with a fair stepping horse, in catching at the first
+attempt the rise at the right moment, and the increased impetus given by
+the horse will assist her, while her preparatory lessons in rising and
+falling will now prove their value.</p>
+
+<p>Should any failure, however, attend the first effort, both horses should
+again be brought to the walk; the lady should be allowed to re-arrange
+her habit, and recover from the inevitable flurry which attends any
+failure of this sort. Patience, concise explanation, and cheerful manner
+on the part of the master will presently find their reward. All ladies
+do not possess great nerve, but most of them have great courage and
+perseverance, and after a false start or two they get on their mettle,
+and are sure to catch the true action. When once they have it, the
+master should make the pace sharp and active three or four times round
+the school, which is long enough for a first attempt. A couple more
+turns of equal duration should terminate the first trotting lesson. The
+lady should walk her horse round the school until both are cool, make
+much of him by patting him on the neck, and then be taken off. Day by
+day the instructor can slightly increase the length of the lesson,
+always beginning it, however, as above described, until the rise and
+fall of the pupil at a trot is perfectly true and fair. There should be
+no twist from the waist, the shoulders perfectly square, every movement
+in exact harmony with the horse's action. After the lady can rise and
+fall in the saddle unaided by the master, he is better on foot, because
+he can stand behind his pupil, and at once correct any fault in her
+position or riding; and no fault, be it remembered, however trivial,
+should be allowed to pass uncorrected.</p>
+
+<p>For some time the lady should continue trotting out round the school,
+riding altogether upon the snaffle and sending her horse well up against
+it. There should be no "give-and-take" action in the hand in this case;
+but while she does not pull the weight of a feather against her horse,
+she should make him maintain the <i>appui</i> by taking well hold of her
+hand; his trot will then be regular and fair.</p>
+
+<p>After about ten days or a fortnight of such practice, the master may
+commence the third section of his trotting lesson, namely, that in which
+the pupil begins to collect her horse, raise his forehand, and bring his
+haunches under him.</p>
+
+<p>The first step in this should be to ascertain that the lady is not
+dependent upon the horse's mouth for any part of her firmness in the
+saddle, or, more correctly speaking, to see that her balance is right
+unaided by the bridle, because, although perhaps imperceptible to the
+rider (man or woman), the <i>appui</i> of the mouth has more to do with the
+seat than most people imagine. In good schools of equitation men tell
+you "There are no hands without legs." True, and if we were to ask many
+a good man that we see crossing a country to ride over a big fence
+without a bridle we should perceive that there are few seats without
+hands. It is to correct the tendency to trust for support to the horse's
+mouth that the efforts of the instructor should now be directed.</p>
+
+<p>To carry this out, he should be mounted upon a horse of about equal
+height to that of his pupil, on the off side, and close to whom he
+should place himself. He should direct her to drop her reins entirely,
+and then take them in his left hand, riding his own horse with his
+right. He should then instruct the lady to place her hands behind her
+waist, the right hand grasping the left elbow, as described in the
+suppling practices. Cautioning her again as to firmness of grasp and
+good balance, he should then urge both horses into a smart trot, and
+keep them going round the school two or three times, carefully watching
+the action of the pupil, and if he perceives the least indication of
+distress pull up immediately. The exertion necessary to execute this
+lesson is severe if the pupil has not been well suppled before being put
+on horseback. If she has, there will be considerably less effort in it;
+but, in any case, on first practising it, the fair tyro requires every
+encouragement to persevere, because in doing one thing well, she is very
+apt to forget another. Constantly reminded as to her position as the
+trot goes on, she will succeed in doing all well. After two or three
+such turns (the arms of course disengaged during the interval), the lady
+should take up her reins again; this time the curb and snaffle reins of
+equal length, and in the form (No. 1) described in a previous chapter.
+She should then trot her horse freely out round the school, and she will
+find the full benefit of her recent drilling without reins, inasmuch as
+her seat will be many degrees firmer, and her balance more true, leaving
+her more liberty of action in hand and leg to apply the necessary aids
+to her horse in the coming lesson, in which at a well-regulated and
+collected pace, she will learn to turn him in any direction at her will,
+to rein him back, to make the inclines and circles, and prepare him for
+the cantering lesson by finally riding him in his trot entirely on the
+curb rein, and throwing him well upon his haunches.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Trotting Lesson</span> (<i>continued</i>).</h3>
+
+
+<p>I come now to the final section of the trotting lesson&mdash;that which,
+thoroughly acquired, I may term the thorough base of the matter. Having
+satisfied himself that his pupil has command of her horse, steady seat
+and hands, and true balance when riding equally on the snaffle and curb,
+the master should proceed to instruct her as to the mode of arranging
+the reins so as to ride on the curb alone.</p>
+
+<p>As this has been already described, it is needless to repeat the
+formula. I may observe, however, that, in order to give increased
+facility of action to the bridle hand, and avoid anything like sudden
+jerk or rough pull upon the horse's mouth, it is best for the lady to
+retain the end of the curb reins between the fore finger and thumb of
+her right hand, by doing which she is enabled, keeping her left hand
+perfectly steady, and opening and closing the fingers, to give easy play
+to the reins. Without this she would find riding on the curb alone
+difficult at first with the left hand only, because all the motion must
+come from the wrist, and considerable practice is necessary to
+accommodate this motion exactly to the action of the horse. Care should
+be taken that the elbows are kept well back, so as to preserve the
+suppleness of the waist, and by this time also the pupil ought to have
+acquired sufficient steadiness in the saddle to admit of her giving easy
+play to the upper part of the arm at the shoulder joint. But until
+complete firmness of seat is gained this should not be attempted,
+because in the case of a novice it disconnects the figure, and
+interferes with the horse's mouth materially. The most rigid attention
+also should be given to the pupil's general position, and the firmness
+and correct placing of both legs&mdash;the heels well down, the upper part of
+the body well drawn up from the waist, "the whole figure pliant and
+accompanying every movement of the horse" (see "Military Aid Book").</p>
+
+<p>The lady should commence the lesson by walking her horse two or three
+times round the school; and it is here, by close attention, that she
+will learn that light hands are neither "heaven-born" nor impossible to
+acquire. On pressing the horse forward with her leg or whip, so as to
+make him walk up against the curb, it is possible her hand may be a
+little heavy, and that the horse may resist it. In this case, if not
+cautions and carefully watched, she will let her hands go forward. It is
+for the instructor to take special care of this, and point out to his
+pupil how she can ease the reins through her left hand by the aid of the
+right, so as to catch the true <i>appui</i>, without yielding altogether to
+the horse. In other words, she should allow sufficient rein to go
+through her hand to enable the horse to walk freely forward; and then,
+closing her fingers again firmly, make him go up to every hair's breadth
+of rein she has given him, and fairly against the curb. There should not
+be a particle of slack rein. In fact, it may be received as a sound
+principle in riding that there should never be slack reins, no matter
+what the pace. If you give your horse the full length of the reins even,
+make him go up to them.</p>
+
+<p>When once the lady has gained the above-named <i>appui</i> (the right hand
+assisting the left), she should be instructed to halt her horse lightly
+on his haunches preparatory to reining back. And again she should do
+this by drawing the reins through the fingers of her left hand with the
+right, keeping the former perfectly steady, and drawing her own figure
+well up, in order to avoid any tendency to lean forward. On the word
+"Rein back," which should be given in a very quiet tone of voice, and in
+the exact cadence in which the master desires his pupil to move her
+horse to the rear, the lady should feel both reins lightly but firmly
+for a moment, closing at the same instant her leg so as to keep her
+horse's haunches under him, in the manner before described when using
+the snaffle only, but in the present case with greater care and
+precision. <i>Lightly</i> and <i>firmly</i> feeling the curb reins while pressed
+by the leg, the horse will take a step back. The reins should be yielded
+the instant he does so. Two or three steps back are sufficient, when the
+word "Forward" should be given, preceded by the caution to close the
+fingers firmly on the reins, and, with whip and leg, keep the horse well
+up to his work. Feeling this amount of constraint laid upon him, the
+horse will be inclined at any moment to canter. But here the tact of the
+master should be exhibited in instructing his pupil to release the horse
+from his fore-shortened position, by allowing about six inches of rein
+(or more, if necessary), to pass through her left hand as she presses
+the horse forward into a free trot (about eight miles an hour). All her
+firmness of seat will be necessary now, because any irregular action on
+her part will cause her hand to become heavy, and make the horse canter.
+The great thing is, not to continue trotting on the curb-rein alone too
+long. Short lessons often repeated, and intervals in which to correct
+everything are best for pupil and instructor.</p>
+
+<p>When the lady can accomplish trotting out for twenty minutes without
+allowing her horse to break, she should then be instructed to collect
+him to a slower pace, bringing him more upon his haunches, and with his
+forehand more up. This requires the nicest tact and discrimination on
+the part of the rider, perfect steadiness in the saddle, and firm
+pressure of the left leg; while the reins should be drawn through the
+left hand with as much care as though the lady feared to break them. The
+shortened pace should be smart and active, and the horse so collected as
+to be ready to turn to the right, or left, or about, or make the
+inclines at any moment. All these exercises should then be practised in
+the same order as when the pupil rode, assisted by or on the snaffle
+only.</p>
+
+<p>After the lady has performed these to the satisfaction of the master,
+she should bring her horse to the walk and be instructed to carry the
+end of the curb reins, which she has held hitherto in her right hand,
+through the full of the left hand, and place both reins (the off-side
+one uppermost) over the middle joint of the fore finger, and close the
+thumb firmly on them. The end of the reins should be dropped to the
+off-side of the horse, and hang down outside the off-side crutch; the
+whip (with the point <i>downwards</i>) kept quiet. Raising the point of the
+whip, when a lady is trotting a horse on the curb alone, and unassisted
+by her right hand, is very apt to make him break, because the point of
+the whip is always in motion, and causes the horse to turn his eye back
+at it.</p>
+
+<p>The instructor should now carefully place the lady's bridle hand, with
+the wrist rounded outwards and the thumb pointing square across the
+body, the back of the hand towards the horse's head, and the little
+finger turned upwards and inwards towards the waist, the arm perfectly
+firm, and the wrist quite supple&mdash;as in this case it is from the wrist
+only that every indication to turn, to halt, or rein back is given,
+aided by the whip on the off side and the leg on the near side. The
+pupil can then be taught to turn her horse to either hand, or about, at
+a walk, without any motion of the bridle hand perceptible to a
+looker-on, although perceptible enough to the horse. In turning to the
+right, the little finger should be turned down towards the left
+shoulder, and the back of the hand turned up. This movement will shorten
+the right rein, and cause it to act on the right jaw of the bit. The
+whip should be closed firmly (not with a blow) just behind the flap of
+the saddle on the off side. The left leg supporting this will cause the
+horse to turn square to his right. Exactly the reverse movement will
+turn him to the left. Right or left about, aids continued, until the
+horse has reversed his front.</p>
+
+<p>The trotting lesson may then be gone through again, the pupil riding
+entirely with the left hand. But in beginning these lessons care should
+be taken to let them be very short, because, in spite of all previous
+supplying, considerable constraint is thrown upon the wrist at first.
+Any yielding to the horse is accomplished by turning the little finger
+towards his neck, while to collect him simply the little finger is
+turned up again towards the waist. But the fingers and thumb of the
+bridle hand must be kept firmly shut upon the reins, otherwise the hand
+becomes heavy and uneven in its action.</p>
+
+<p>By lessons, gradually increased in length, the pupil should be
+accustomed thus to ride her horse throughout the trotting lesson, and
+trot him out, riding with one hand. It is not usual for ladies to
+continue for any length of time riding in this form; but it is highly
+necessary that they should be thoroughly well practised at it, otherwise
+an important part of their course of equitation will be neglected. The
+same may be said of the bending lesson, previous to cantering. It is
+rarely put in practice by any but professional female equestrians. But a
+lady ought to be thoroughly acquainted with its formula, because it
+teaches the principle upon which a horse acquires his <i>souplesse</i>, which
+is just as necessary to his freedom of action and pleasant riding as the
+early suppling lessons of the pupil herself were conducive to her own
+progress.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Bending and Cantering Lesson.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>According to the ordinary acceptation of the term, a horse is supposed
+"to bend well" when he arches his neck, yields to the bit, and uses his
+knees and hocks freely. This alone by no means conveys an adequate idea,
+however, of what is meant by bending a horse in the scientific sense.
+The "Military Aid Book" supplies the following question and answer,
+which gives in a very concise form a better notion of the matter.</p>
+
+<p>Question: What is the use of the "bending lesson"?&mdash;Answer: To make the
+horse supple in the <i>neck</i> and <i>ribs</i>, to give free action to his
+shoulder, and teach him to obey the pressure of the leg.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen, then, that "bending a horse" really means rendering him
+supple in every portion of his frame, and especially in his ribs and
+intercostal muscles, as it is suppleness in that part that gives him the
+lithe, easy motions so pleasant to the rider.</p>
+
+<p>I have before observed that I do not consider an intimate knowledge of
+the "haut école de manége" indispensable for ordinary riding purposes,
+either for a lady or gentleman. But, although the "bending lesson"
+thoroughly carried out may be said to be the very gist of "<i>haut école</i>
+riding," even in its <i>simple form</i>, unaccompanied by the higher aids, it
+is of great service in rendering a horse docile and obedient to hand and
+leg, and for that purpose is always resorted to in our schools of
+military equitation.</p>
+
+<p>Now, although I do not expect every lady to acquire the art of suppling
+her own horses, still a knowledge of the "bending lesson" will make her
+thoroughly acquainted with the reasons why a horse renders ready
+obedience to her aids of hand and leg; and, on the contrary, why he
+resists them.</p>
+
+<p>Stiffness (as it is technically termed) has more to do with what is
+commonly called restiveness than most people imagine. A horse is asked
+to do something that calls upon him to bend or supple a joint in which,
+even in early youth, he is still far from supple. He cannot do it. The
+rider perseveres, and the horse resists. Whereas, when he is thoroughly
+suppled, he does not know how to disobey his rider (supposing the latter
+to know what he is about). If a lady, therefore, will pay close
+attention to the instruction of her master, she will discover that her
+horse will obey her more readily, and move with more ease to himself and
+her, when she applies her aids "smoothly" (without which the bending
+lesson cannot be done), than by the application of sudden or violent
+indications of her will. For it must be borne in mind that a double
+bridle is an instrument of great power in a horse's mouth, and that what
+may seem light handling to the uninitiated rider may be rough to the
+horse. A fair amount of practice, therefore, in the above-named exercise
+will have the effect of rendering a lady's hands remarkably true and
+steady; and, although the lesson may be a little trying to the patience,
+the pupil will find her reward in increased confidence and proficiency.</p>
+
+<p>For all practical purposes the "bending lesson" proper may be divided
+into two sections, namely, the "passage" and the "shoulder in," all
+other movements of the lesson being simply variations from the above
+named. The "half passage" may be looked upon as an introduction to the
+"full passage," but admits of being practised with facility at an
+increased pace at the trot or canter, and at the latter is a very
+elegant exercise. To begin with the "shoulder in." Let us suppose a
+horse standing parallel to the boards at the side of the school. To
+place him in the desired position it is necessary to bring his forehand
+in, so that his fore and hind legs are placed upon two lines, parallel
+to each other and to the boards, and then to bend his head inwards at
+the poll of the neck. No more correct idea, I believe, can be conveyed
+of the position than that given in the "Aid Book," which furnishes the
+following answer to the question, How should a horse be placed in
+"shoulder in"? "Ans.: When a horse is properly bent in 'shoulder in,'
+the whole body from head to croup is curved; the shoulders leading, fore
+and hind feet moving on two lines parallel to each other, hind feet one
+yard from the boards."</p>
+
+<p>Again. "Q. What are the aids for working this lesson?&mdash;A. On the word
+'right or left shoulder in,' the horse's forehand is brought in by a
+double feeling of the inward rein, the outward leg closed, so as to
+bring the horse's hind feet one yard from the boards."</p>
+
+<p>The outward rein leads, the inward preserves the bend; a pressure of the
+inward leg (of the rider) compels the horse to cross his legs; the
+outward leg keeps him up to the hand and prevents him from swerving. The
+horse should be well bent in the pole of the neck, and well kept up to
+the hand with the outward leg, the shoulders always leading.</p>
+
+<p>It will be seen from the above that the rider compels, or rather
+<i>coaxes</i>, the horse, by very firm and steady aids, to move with his
+forehand well up, and his whole figure bent (neck and ribs), with his
+feet moving on two distinct parallel lines&mdash;the effect being to call
+upon every important joint, and thoroughly to supple the ligaments and
+tendons, as well as to create muscular development, in a way similar to
+that of gymnastic or extension exercises in the human being. With young
+horses in training it is necessary to watch this lesson very carefully,
+and never to "ask too much" at one time, because any forcing of it would
+certainly result in restiveness; the strain, even with naturally supple
+horses, is considerable, and must not be persevered with one moment
+after it is evidently painful. Of course, in the case of a lady
+practising the lesson, it must be done upon a horse that has gone
+through a long course of teaching, and to whom, therefore, the movements
+cause no inconvenience. But even here the pupil will find that she must
+use her hand and leg with firmness, steadiness, and decision, without
+hurry or impatience, or the horse will not answer to her.</p>
+
+<p>The movement must be executed very slowly, and at first only by a few
+steps at a time, because, however <i>au fait</i> at his work the horse may
+be, the pupil will find considerable difficulty in continuing to apply
+the aids.</p>
+
+<p>In working the "shoulder in" to the right, it is necessary for the
+master, after putting the horse and rider in true position, to place
+himself on the horse's off side, when he should give the word, "Right
+shoulder in&mdash;march!" The lady then, firmly closing her left leg to keep
+the horse up to the hand, should keep her right hand well back and low
+down close to the saddle, lead the horse off with the left rein, and
+close her whip to his ribs on the off side, just behind the flap of the
+saddle.</p>
+
+<p>If the horse has been accustomed to work the lesson, with a lady he will
+obey these aids. But in some cases it is necessary for the master (to
+supply the absence of the right leg of a man to the horse), to push
+firmly with his left hand against the horse's ribs to move him off. The
+rider, while leading the horse off with the left rein, should keep up a
+continual, light easy play of the right rein, so as to preserve the bend
+inwards. The instructor should count "one, two," in very slow time, as
+the horse moves first his fore and then his hind leg. After a few steps
+onward the horse should be halted, by the rider feeling both reins, and
+closing the whip firmly on the off side. He should then be made much of
+and moved on again. A quarter of an hour is ample for the first lesson.</p>
+
+<p>After the pupil understands and can apply the aids for the "shoulder in"
+(riding on the snaffle), she maybe taught to do it on snaffle and curb
+together, and then on the curb alone, when she will find the nicest
+balance in her seat and the most careful and delicate manipulations of
+the reins necessary&mdash;joined, however, to distinct and perceptible
+feeling upon the horse's mouth. And on moving her horse forward she will
+find that her hand is true and steady.</p>
+
+<p>The "shoulder in" having been neatly done, the lady should rein her
+horse lightly back and ride him forward, <i>making the corner</i> of the
+school quite square, and then halt at the centre marker. On the word
+"right half passage," she should turn the horse's head square down the
+centre of the school, and exactly reverse the aids by which she worked
+the "shoulder in"; that is, she should lead the horse off with the right
+or inward rein, well balancing and assisting its power by the outward
+one; with her leg she should press the horse until he places one foot
+before the other, gaining ground to his front, and obliquely to his
+right at the same time, until he arrives at the boards, when he will
+completely have changed the hand he was working to, and at a canter
+would, if necessary, be called upon to strike off with the left leg
+instead of the right.</p>
+
+<p>After executing the "half passage" correctly, the pupil may practice the
+"full passage," the difference between which and the "shoulder in" is
+again concisely explained in the "Aid Book."</p>
+
+<p>"Q. What is the difference between the 'passage' and 'shoulder in'?&mdash;A.
+In the passage the horse bends and looks the way he is going. The
+outward are crossing over the inward legs, and the inward rein leads. In
+the 'shoulder in' the horse does not look the way he is going. The
+inward are crossing over the outward legs, and the outward rein leads."</p>
+
+<p>"Q. What is the difference between the full and half passage?&mdash;A. In the
+'full passage' the horse crosses his legs. In the 'half passage' he only
+half crosses them, placing one foot before the other."</p>
+
+<p>The pupil will find the passage much more easy to execute than the
+"shoulder in," though, I repeat, no horse would do the former up to the
+hand as he ought to do unless he has been well drilled in the latter.</p>
+
+<p>The greatest care on the part of both master and pupil is indispensable
+to carry out this lesson. The slightest inadvertence or false movement
+is at once answered on the part of the horse by his taking advantage of
+it and putting himself in a wrong position, whereas if he is carefully
+ridden, and kept well up to the hand, the subsequent cantering lesson
+will be much more easy to perform.</p>
+
+<p>It must be clearly understood, however, that for a lady to attempt to
+execute the "bending lesson" by written directions alone, and unaided by
+the vigilant superintendence and oral instruction of a first-rate master
+would be a mistake. Clear and concise as the language of the "Aid Book"
+is, it is impossible for any man writing such directions to indicate the
+precise moment at which each movement of hand and leg is to be made, any
+more than the man who writes the score in music can regulate the hand of
+the instrumental executant of it. There must be energy, patience, and
+close attention on the part of the pupil; vigilance, patience, temper,
+and thorough knowledge of his craft on the part of the instructor.
+Master and pupil thus in accord, the latter will derive great advantage
+and insight into the elegant accomplishment she is endeavouring to
+acquire, while anything like carelessness on either side will be fatal
+to the utility of the lesson. It should be thoroughly well done or not
+at all.</p>
+
+<p>After the careful execution of the above lesson, the pupil should
+prepare her horse for cantering by reigning him back lightly on his
+haunches; touching him if necessary smartly with her whip, in order to
+put him well up to his work. A step or two back (<i>well up to the
+bridle</i>) is sufficient, when she should move forward, and the instructor
+should give her the aids for cantering; which (once more to quote the
+simple language of the "Aid Book") are as follows: "A light firm feeling
+of <i>both</i> reins to raise the horse's forehand, a pressure of both legs
+to keep his haunches under him, a double feeling of the inward rein, and
+a stronger pressure of the outward leg, will compel the horse to strike
+off true and united."</p>
+
+<p>The above of course is intended as instruction to a man; but
+substituting a light tap of the whip on the off shoulder for the
+pressure of the inward leg of the man, and very light for strong aids,
+the instruction holds good in the case of the lady.</p>
+
+<p>Now, I have observed before that a horse to be thoroughly broken to
+carry a woman should be taught to answer to very light aids, and
+require, in fact, very little leg in order to understand and answer to
+the indications of his rider's will. If this has been properly carried
+out the lady will have no difficulty in striking her horse off to the
+right, <i>true and united</i>, which means in cantering to the right (as
+nearly every hack and lady's horse does) with the off fore, followed by
+the off hind leg.</p>
+
+<p>A charger or "high <i>manége</i>" horse&mdash;which must use either leg with equal
+facility, and go to the left as well as the right&mdash;in cantering to the
+former hand will go with the near fore, followed by the near hind, and
+be still "true and united" in his pace. When he goes with the near
+fore, followed by the off hind, or <i>vice versâ</i>, he is "disunited."</p>
+
+<p>A point of vital importance to be looked to by the master is that his
+pupil at her first attempt at cantering her horse is perfectly cool and
+self-possessed, and that she applies her aids <i>smoothly</i>, without hurry
+or excitement, for so great is the sympathy of the horse in this
+respect, that flurry on the part of the rider is sure to cause
+passionate, excited action in the horse. The manner of the master has
+much to do with this; while it should be such as to keep his pupil and
+her horse <i>vif</i> and on their metal, he should be careful not to crowd
+the former with too much instruction at once. Her position should be
+corrected before she is allowed to strike her horse off. Care should be
+taken that her arms are firm, and hands well back. The waist should be
+bent slightly forward, which will give it more suppleness. She should
+have a firm grip of the upper crutches, both heels well down, and at her
+first effort she should ride equally upon the snaffle and curb reins. To
+do this (assuming that she is riding with her bridle in military form),
+it is only necessary that she should draw up the slack of the near-side
+snaffle rein with her right hand until it is level with and under the
+near-side curb rein; then carry the snaffle rein thus shortened over the
+middle joint of the forefinger of the left hand, and shut the thumb
+firmly on them. She can then place the slack of the off-side snaffle
+rein for a moment under the left thumb, while she places the rein
+between the third and little finger of the right hand, brings the rein
+through the full of the hand over the middle joint of the forefinger,
+and closes the thumb firmly on it. The whip should be held in the full
+of the hand, the point downwards.</p>
+
+<p>With her hands and figure in the above-named form, the lightest
+application of the aids ought to strike her horse off "true and united;"
+but if by any chance he takes off with the wrong leg or "disunited," as
+may sometimes happen with the best broken horse, from a little
+over-eagerness or anxiety on the part of the pupil, or a little
+unsteadiness of hand, the master should cause her to bring her horse
+again to the walk, and reassure her&mdash;taking care, however, on these
+occasions that she never "makes much of" or caresses her horse, which
+would tend to confirm him in a bad habit, but reins him back, and again
+puts him up to his bridle.</p>
+
+<p>It is a rare occurrence when a horse (thoroughly well-broken) strikes
+off incorrectly; but I am endeavouring to write for every contingency.</p>
+
+<p>Assuming the horse to have struck off smoothly to the instructor's word
+<i>Ca-a-n-te-r</i>&mdash;which should be given in a quiet, soothing tone of voice,
+and drawn out as if every letter were a syllable&mdash;the horse should be
+allowed to canter freely forward, although without rush or hurry. The
+pace should not be too collected at first; the military pace of
+man&oelig;uvre is about the correct thing; eight miles an hour or
+thereabouts; the cadence true; the horse well ridden into his bridle,
+and in this case <i>yielding to the bit</i>&mdash;because, in cantering, it is
+necessary to have an <i>appui</i> upon the mouth, quite different from that
+to be maintained in trotting, in which it is best for the lady that the
+horse should feel her hand fairly and firmly, and that there should be
+little "give-and-take" action of the latter. In cantering, on the other
+hand, an easy give-and-take play of the hands is indispensable, to cause
+the horse to bend in the poll of his neck, yield to the hand, and go in
+true form. By this time the pupil should have acquired sufficient
+firmness and <i>aplomb</i> in the saddle to justify the instructor in
+commencing to impart to her that mobile action and flexibility of the
+upper arm at the shoulder joint, which may be regarded as the artistic
+finishing of her course of equitation. But it will not do to commence
+this (so goes my experience) at the outset of the cantering lesson,
+wherein at first it is best to insist upon firmness of the arms,
+otherwise the pupil is most likely (imperceptibly to herself) to allow
+her hands to glide forward, and thus destroy the flexibility of her
+waist, which is a point always to be most carefully watched. It is
+possible that at first the figure of the pupil, from over-anxiety to
+maintain her position and ride her horse correctly at the same time, may
+be somewhat rigid; but complete flexibility cannot be expected at once.
+It must be remembered that, although the action of cantering in a horse
+is much easier than trotting, still it is novel to the rider, who
+moreover has to keep her horse up to his work.</p>
+
+<p>It is not the case of putting a young lady upon an old tittuping hack
+that can do little else than canter along behind the bridle and "drag
+his toe" at a walk. A horse that has any action or quality in him, and
+has been taught to trot up to his bridle, requires "asking" to canter,
+and in the early efforts of the pupil requires keeping to his work a
+little after he has struck off in his canter, otherwise he will drop
+into a trot again. Such a horse, however, is the only one upon which to
+teach a lady to ride. The easy-going old hack above alluded to is fit
+only for an invalid to take the air on. At the same time it is asking a
+good deal from the pupil in her early cantering lessons to keep her
+horse up to his work, and to maintain her own position correctly; and if
+she exhibits a little stiffness or formality (if I may use the
+expression) at first, it may fairly be passed over until increased
+confidence permits the master to give his attention to what I may
+perhaps call the "unbending" of his pupil. After a few days' cantering
+as above described, the lady may begin to collect her horse; and by this
+time also she should be fitted with a spur, of which the best I know is
+Latchford's patent. An opening in the skirt on the inside is necessary.
+The shank of the spur should not be too short, otherwise it is very apt
+to cut holes in the habit. The pupil, when the spur is first fitted on,
+should be cautioned to keep her left toe as near the horse's side as the
+heel, in order to avoid hitting him when he does not require it; and,
+indeed, the wearing of the steel aid is in itself a good exercise as to
+the true position of the left leg, while the blunt head of a Latchford
+(when not pressed hard to the horse's side) does away with any danger.</p>
+
+<p>The use of the spur in a lady's riding is objected to by some; but I
+cannot consider any rider (man or woman) worthy of the name who cannot
+use one and be safe enough in the saddle at the same time. One objection
+to spurs for ladies is, that they are apt to do all sorts of mischief in
+the event of the lady being thrown from her horse. Now, the latter is a
+contingency which (except in the hunting field) I do not admit as
+possible, if the lady has men about her who know their business in the
+horse way. If she has not such people about her, she is better without
+spurs decidedly; and there is another thing she is better without,
+namely, a horse of any sort.</p>
+
+<p>If a horse is properly broken, and has a man about him who will give him
+plenty of work, and keep him from getting above himself, and his fair
+owner has been as well taught as her horse, she ought to be as safe on
+his back as in her brougham, in any kind of riding, except in
+exceptional cases in the hunting field. By exceptional cases I mean
+where a lady, unaccompanied by a good pilot, takes a line of her own
+when hounds are going fast in a big grass country, and rides (jealous of
+the field) at impracticable places. In such case she is likely enough to
+get down, horse and all. But even so&mdash;and I have witnessed more than one
+such accident&mdash;I have never found that the lady got hurt by the spur
+when she wore the sort I allude to; and again, I think it is only just
+to that clever loriner, Mr. Latchford, to say that he has invented a
+lady's stirrup which renders danger from it in the event of a fall next
+to impossible&mdash;certainly she cannot be dragged by it. In this stirrup
+there is no opening at the side by means of springs or complicated
+machinery of any sort. It requires neither diagram or drawing to
+describe it, because it is the perfection of mechanism&mdash;extreme
+simplicity. One has only to imagine an ordinary stirrup, rather
+elongated than usual from the opening for the leather, the bottom bar
+broad and flat; the latter perforated with two holes. Within the
+above-named stirrup another, a size smaller, but fitting nicely into it.
+On the lower side of the bottom bar of the inner stirrup two
+projections, or obtuse points of steel, which fit into the holes of the
+lower bar of the outer stirrup. Now, as long as the lady is in her
+saddle the inner stirrup must, from its mechanism, remain in its place;
+but in the event of her being thrown her weight acts upon the lower part
+of the outer stirrup, which turns over and releases the inner stirrup
+entirely.</p>
+
+<p>To return, however, to the question proper of spurs for a lady, I must
+say that they are of the greatest assistance to her when, having
+acquired the necessary degree of steadiness on her horse, she desires to
+"wake him up." Too much whip is a bad thing. In riding in the country a
+lady must perforce have to open a bridle gate sometimes for herself,
+and if she is always using a whip to liven her horse up, she will
+find it difficult to get him to stand still, even while she opens the
+lightest of gates. As regards the pupil in the school, I repeat she
+should be habituated to wear a spur as soon as her progress justifies
+it.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Cantering Lesson</span> (<i>continued</i>).</h3>
+
+
+<p>Having satisfied himself as to the proficiency of his pupil in cantering
+"going large"&mdash;that is, round the school or <i>manége</i>,&mdash;the attention of
+the instructor should next be directed to teaching her to make the turns
+and circles, and execute the "half passage" with precision.</p>
+
+<p>The use of these exercises is to confirm (while riding upon both snaffle
+and curb reins) the steadiness of hand and seat and true balance of the
+rider, because, although these may appear good enough while a lady is
+riding her horse on a straight line, or only with the turns at the
+corners of the school, many shortcomings will be detected when she
+attempts to turn him square from the boards, or asks him to make a true
+circle, in which the hind legs follow exactly over the same track as the
+fore legs.</p>
+
+<p>To commence this lesson in proper form, the pupil should collect her
+horse, by reining him quietly back, then move him forward well up to the
+hand, at a walk and at a smart active pace. When she arrives at the
+centre marker at the end of the school, the master should give the word
+"down the centre," when the rider should turn her horse square to the
+right (assuming, as is usually the case, that she commences her lesson
+to that hand). The aids for turning at a walk having been already given,
+it is only necessary to say that the turn down the centre requires only
+a trifle stronger application of the left leg, to counteract any
+tendency of the horse to throw his haunches outwards, and that, looking
+steadily to the centre marker at the other end of the school, the pupil
+should sight that marker well between her horse's ears, and ride true
+and straight to it, taking care, by closing the leg in time, that the
+horse does not cut off any of the ground, but plants his near fore foot
+close to the boards and makes the corner equally square, because
+whenever a horse is allowed to "cut the corners off" he endeavours to
+get behind the bridle, and generally succeeds. The pupil, therefore,
+should be cautioned in time by the instructor, and if she fails to make
+good every inch of ground, the word "halt" should be given and the horse
+reined back. Arrived about midway down the school, the turns to the
+right should be made square from the boards, the horse's haunches kept
+under him so that he does not hit the side of the school with his hind
+feet. His doing which is at once a proof that he is out of hand. Arrived
+at the centre of the school, the words "right turn" should be given
+again, instead of allowing the pupil to ride right across the school to
+the boards on the opposite side. She should then ride a couple of
+lengths down the centre, and again turn her horse, by word from the
+master, square to the right, and once more to the left, when arrived at
+the boards. This, repeated two or three times, is a good preparation for
+executing the circle; in order to facilitate the correct riding of
+which, the master should cause his pupil to halt her horse at the side,
+and himself walk over the ground he desires her to ride over. If he does
+this correctly, the pupil will find little difficulty in riding the
+circle with precision.</p>
+
+<p>Starting from a point close to the boards, a couple of horses' lengths
+in front of the pupil, the master should make an incline to the right,
+at an angle of about forty-five, until he is half-way between the boards
+and the centre of the school; he should then bring up his left shoulder,
+and make another incline at the same angle to the centre of the school.
+Down the centre he should walk straight, the distance of a horse's
+length; again bring up his left shoulder, and make two inclines to the
+side. The figure he will thus describe does not quite represent a circle
+as he walks; but when the horse is called upon to move his fore and hind
+legs on the same track, it will be a circle in his case as nearly as
+possible. Having caused the pupil to move her horse forward, the
+instructor should give her the aids for circling, which are a double
+feeling of the inward rein, the horse well supported with the outward,
+and well kept up to the hand by the leg.</p>
+
+<p>In circling to the right, the horse to be well bent to the right, so
+that the rider can see his inward eye; fore and hind legs moving exactly
+on the same track, the horse not throwing his haunches out. The great
+use of this circling is, that as the horse changes his direction no less
+than six times in a small space, to keep him up to his work the lady
+must bring up her left shoulder as many times as the horse alters his
+direction. To do this, she must be quite supple in the waist, and
+circling is therefore a capital practice to insure this freedom of
+action at that portion of the figure. To render the lesson still more
+easy to the pupil, I have found it answer well, after walking over the
+ground, to mark it out on the tan with a stick. In military schools the
+circle to the right or left is followed by the "circle and change," in
+which, when arrived at the boards, the pupil, instead of turning the
+horse's head to the hand he is working to, changes the bend, and turns
+to the reverse hand. This, however, cannot be executed at a canter with
+due precision without the use of the right leg, and is therefore (in my
+opinion) better omitted in a lady's course of equitation, an additional
+reason being that, when she is taught to make the change at a canter,
+she can do it much more effectually and elegantly by the "half passage."</p>
+
+<p>The circles having been neatly done, the pupil should rein her horse
+back, put him well upon his haunches, and strike him off at a collected
+canter, about five miles an hour, the cadence true, the position of the
+rider correct.</p>
+
+<p>It is at this point that the instructor should begin carefully to get
+his pupil to supple herself in the saddle, while she still rides her
+horse well up to his work. It should be borne in mind that a horse
+cannot make turns or circles at the "pace of man&oelig;uvre" without
+considerable danger to himself and his rider, because at such a pace it
+is next to impossible to keep him fairly balanced, and he is liable,
+even on well-kept tan, to slip up, whereas at a very collected pace,
+with his haunches well under him, there is no danger whatever, although
+at first it will call very much upon the energy and close attention of
+the rider. Having her horse well into his bridle, the give-and-take
+action of the hand should now come gradually from the shoulder joint,
+and the pupil should be frequently reminded to avoid resisting the
+action of the horse in his canter, but to endeavour, on the other hand,
+to accompany him in his short stride. This is to be done by simply
+keeping both heels well down, the hands back, the waist bent slightly
+forward and perfectly supple, and avoiding too strong a grasp with the
+right leg upon the upper crutches of the saddle. The figure from the
+waist upwards, however, should be perfectly erect, leaning neither
+backwards nor forwards, either position being both unsafe and ungainly.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing is more common than to see a lady sitting with the upper part of
+her figure bent forward in a canter, and, if not overdone, the effect is
+by no means ungraceful to the eye of a looker-on. But it is a habit
+likely to increase in degree, and unsafe in any case, because it is
+opposed to the principle of true balance.</p>
+
+<p>With the shoulders well back, the body, neck, and head upright, the
+waist slightly bent forward, the hands well back, and acting by an easy
+play of the upper arm at the shoulder joint&mdash;sitting, in fact, with
+freedom in the saddle&mdash;the action of the horse at a collected pace will
+give the rider a slightly <i>gliding</i> motion from the cantle towards the
+pummels, and gradually she will thus acquire the habit of suppling
+herself on her horse; ready, however, at any moment "to seize her seat"
+(to use the expression of old Sam Chifney) by muscular grip if the horse
+flirts or plunges, which, however, it is difficult for him to do when
+going well within himself and up to his bridle.</p>
+
+<p>The left leg at a canter should not be drawn back, as in trotting, but
+kept close to the horse's side, with the heel down, and the foot as
+nearly as possible under the knee. Of course, the above-described easy
+deportment in the saddle is not to be acquired in a single lesson; it
+requires considerable practice and close watching by both master and
+pupil. Once learnt, however, the lady has gained another important step
+in her equitation.</p>
+
+<p>The length of time requisite to insure complete <i>souplesse</i> at this
+point is dependent upon several circumstances, over which the master has
+only a moderate amount of control.</p>
+
+<p>The figure of the pupil is an important point in the matter. If
+she is naturally lithe and has been well suppled on foot, the task
+will be considerably easier. If, on the contrary, she is of
+a square figure&mdash;short in the neck and waist, and stiff in the
+shoulders&mdash;considerably more time is requisite. But with care,
+attention, and perseverance it can be acquired by all in early youth.</p>
+
+<p>I know a lady who rides with both dash and judgment with hounds who is
+anything but a good figure; but she began under proper tuition when she
+was very young, and, although no longer so, she has preserved the
+<i>souplesse</i> and true balance acquired in her early days. Natural
+aptitude, too, is of great assistance to both master and pupil, and
+should be energetically developed by the former; at the same time, care
+should be taken that the pupil does not overrun her lessons.</p>
+
+<p>As an instance of what can be accomplished even at a first essay by a
+lady gifted with natural talent for riding, I cannot refrain from
+relating the following:&mdash;Some years ago I chanced to be at the school of
+a fashionable riding master in London, when a class of young ladies was
+going through a ride. In the gallery from which I was observing them was
+also the mother of one of the young ladies who was riding, and of
+another much younger, who was standing by her side watching with the
+most intense interest the riding below. The younger lady was not more
+than ten or eleven years old, but of a form and figure exactly fitted
+for performing well in the saddle, being tall of her age, and lithe and
+supple in her movements. She did not speak, but I could see from the
+excitement of her manner, the glitter of her large dark eyes, and her
+changing colour, that she was heart and soul with the fair equestrians.
+The ride finished with a leaping lesson, and there was some capital
+jumping over a gorsed bar, hurdles double and single, and an artificial
+brook. The last performance completely overcame the little spectator in
+the gallery. Bursting into a violent fit of sobbing and weeping, she
+clutched her mother's dress, and cried convulsively, "Dear mamma, let me
+ride, let me ride." The lady, quite surprised and very much affected by
+the emotion and excited state of the child, nevertheless, refused,
+declaring she was too young. But the young supplicant for equestrian
+honours was not to be denied; she continued to implore and weep, and,
+the riding master coming to her aid, the mother gave way. Her little
+daughter was put on a quiet horse, and the master himself led him round
+the school at a walk, but this by no means satisfied our ambitious
+little tyro. "Let me trot," she said; "I am sure I can trot." The
+professor was quite sure she could not, and told her so; and, to
+convince her, he started the horse trotting, and ran by his side. He was
+never more mistaken. The lessons the pupil had been witnessing from the
+gallery must have made a strong impression on her mind; for, to the
+surprise of all of us, she caught the action of the horse at the first
+step, and made the best attempt at trotting I ever saw for a beginner.
+Feeling that trotting fatigued her, she asked to be allowed to canter,
+and this she did in very good form. But the crowning part of the thing
+was, that when we were about to take her off her horse, she begged to be
+allowed to have a jump. I confess, I thought the riding master wrong in
+consenting to this. But again our little friend electrified us all. A
+hurdle was put up, well sloped, so as to make the jump a very moderate
+one, the little pupil's hands placed, and her position rectified. No
+sooner had the horse turned the corner of the school, and before the
+riding master had time to check her, than the girl's eye lit up just as
+I had seen it in the gallery. She caught the horse fast by the head, hit
+him with her heel, put down her hands, and sat as though she had been
+hunting for years. It was too late to stop her, and any interference at
+the moment would have done more harm than good. With my heart in my
+mouth, I saw the horse go at the hurdle. He was one that had "an eye in
+every toe," and did not know how to make a mistake. But his daring
+little rider had roused him thoroughly, and he jumped high enough to
+clear a big fence, and far enough to take him over a small brook. Just
+as the horse took off, I shouted involuntarily, "Sit back;" and the
+little enthusiast answered as though my voice had been inspiration. Her
+lithe little figure was bent from the waist, precisely at the right
+moment; and she landed safe, except that the concussion threw her
+slightly up in the saddle. Her marvellous aptitude (talent the
+professionals would have called it) induced the riding master to let her
+make another attempt, and this time, putting her horse at the hurdle at
+the same dashing pace (which, by the way, with her wonderful nerve and
+confidence, made it easier for her), she sat in the saddle, as the old
+groom who tended the hurdles said, "as if she had grown there," and
+landed fair and true without jolt or concussion.</p>
+
+<p>This young lady is now one of the most brilliant horsewomen in England.
+Her genius (if I may be permitted the expression), joined to close
+application and the best of opportunities of riding good horses, enabled
+her in a brief space to far outstrip all her youthful competitors, and
+in less than twelve months after the time I speak of she could execute
+most of the "bending lesson," at a canter as well as a professional
+rider, while over the country with hounds she was always close to her
+pilot, than whom there was no better man. This when she was barely
+thirteen years old.</p>
+
+<p>Such instances of extraordinary aptitude, nerve and courage, combined
+with the necessary elasticity and physical power to ride, are very rare
+indeed; in fact, in a long experience of such matters, I do not know of
+a parallel case. Nevertheless, if the natural dash and fitness for
+riding possessed by this young lady had not been carefully watched,
+moulded into proper form, and restrained within due bounds, they would
+inevitably have run riot with her, and brought her to grief. It is in
+such cases as the above, or rather such as tend in that direction, that
+the tact and judgment of a riding master is required. If the young lady
+I speak of had been allowed, and the opportunity had offered, she would
+have mounted without hesitation any brute that would carry a saddle, and
+mischief, of course, would have resulted.</p>
+
+<p>To return to the cantering lesson proper. When the instructor has
+succeeded in completely regulating the cadence of the horse in his pace
+and the position of his pupil, he should give her due caution to wait
+for the <i>last sound</i> of his word, to keep her body back and her leg
+close, supporting the horse well with the outward rein, and he should
+then give the word, well drawn out, gently and without hurry, "right
+turn," when the pupil should turn her horse from the boards with the
+same aids as at a walk, but more firmly applied, and if the horse leans
+upon her hand she should keep him up with her spur.</p>
+
+<p>"Many a horse" (says the "Aid Book") "keeps a tolerable canter on a
+straight line, but when turned he feels too much constraint laid upon
+him, and leans upon the rider's hand. If at such a moment the rider
+yields the reins instead of closing the hand firmly on them, turning the
+little fingers up towards the waist, and closing the leg firmly, the
+horse comes upon his forehand."</p>
+
+<p>Concise as the above passage is, it describes exactly what occurs on
+first making a turn at a canter, and it calls upon all the energy and
+attention of the pupil to keep the horse up to his work. But as in other
+exercises in the course of equitation, her reward will be in her
+thorough command over her horse under all circumstances, because by
+learning to ride him with such minute precision she is always able to
+anticipate his every movement.</p>
+
+<p>The first three or four turns at a canter should be made square across
+the school, from side to side, and no second word should be given on
+arriving at the boards; the pupil turning her horse again to the right
+without any caution, and continuing to "go large" round the school until
+she again gets the word to turn. This practice will teach her to be
+constantly on the alert, and to maintain such a balance as will enable
+her in turning to move exactly on the same line as her horse, bringing
+her left shoulder up precisely at the right moment.</p>
+
+<p>Three or four turns are quite sufficient for the first lesson, because
+the horse before completing these must go several times round the
+school, and the pupil should ride him well up to his bit. After a few
+turns, smoothly and correctly made, the pupil should bring her horse to
+the walk, halt, make much of him, and sit at ease.</p>
+
+<p>Making much of a horse when he has performed well is always a judicious
+mode of letting him know that he has been doing right; at the same it
+affords him an interval of rest, which is quite necessary. This may
+appear absurd to those who are accustomed to see horses continue
+galloping for hours. But it must be remembered that the sort of work I
+have been endeavouring to describe is altogether artificial; that the
+animal thrown upon his haunches only goes through the lesson with
+considerable exertion, and that if he is kept too long at it, this can
+only be done by an amount of fatigue on the part of the rider which
+would be far from beneficial to a lady. The object of the lesson is to
+induct the pupil into a mode in which she can obtain complete mastery
+over her horse. It is, as it were, a gymnastic exercise for both steed
+and rider, and must not be persevered with too long at one time. After
+about ten minutes' rest the pupil should again collect her horse, rein
+him back, and prepare him again for cantering. She should then strike
+him quietly off, and ride him very collectedly, so as to be ready to
+make the circles. These should be made from about midway down the
+boards; and on the last sound of the words "circle right," the pupil
+should turn her horse's head from the boards, and, supporting him well
+with the left leg and rein, ride in a figure exactly similar to that she
+described at a walk. She will find, however, that the horse requires
+considerably more support in making the circles than he did in the
+simple turns. Being on the bend from the time he leaves the boards until
+he arrives at them again, the nicest riding is necessary to keep his
+fore and hind feet on the same track, and prevent him from throwing his
+haunches out. The pace, too, should be more collected than when the
+turns were made. Four miles to four miles and a half an hour is quite
+fast enough, and, if necessary, the horse must be halted and reined back
+several times in order to get him thoroughly collected. Two circles well
+done are quite sufficient. The pupil should then again halt, "sit at
+ease," and make much of her horse. By this time both he and the pupil
+will have gone through a tolerably severe lesson, because the collected
+pace necessary to execute it, and especially the circles, necessitates a
+great deal of cantering before a beginner can ascertain the true
+cadence&mdash;without which, and a considerable amount of support from her
+hand and leg, it is unsafe and useless for her to attempt her turns and
+circles; frequently, too, a horse will have to go several times round
+the school before the instructor can see the opportunity to give the
+word. Reining back again, and collecting him, call very much upon the
+horse's powers, while, on the other hand, over-fatigue is specially to
+be avoided as regards the pupil. After resting ten minutes or so, the
+lady should conclude this lesson by walking him quietly about till he is
+quite cool.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XI.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Cantering Lesson</span> (<i>continued</i>)&mdash;<span class="smcap">The Half Passage and Change</span>.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Although the last-named exercises belong, strictly speaking, more to the
+curriculum of the military riding school than to female equitation,
+still, to be able to execute them with precision is of great advantage
+to a lady, because they teach her that by getting a good bend on her
+horse, and placing him in a certain position by the application of the
+proper aids, she can compel him at her pleasure to canter with either
+near or off foot leading; and, although it may not be agreeable to her
+to keep her horse going with the near leg, unless she is riding on the
+off side, nevertheless, the practice of the half passage and change is
+an admirable, and indeed very elegant, mode of acquiring ready facility
+in the effective use of hand and leg. I have said before that the horse
+in the "half passage" places one foot before the other, instead of
+crossing his legs completely, as in the full passage. The former mode of
+progression enables the horse therefore to gain ground diagonally to his
+front, instead of moving upon a line at right angles with the boards as
+in the latter.</p>
+
+<p>The aids by which the half passage is executed are the same as those of
+the "full passage," with the following exceptions. First, there is a
+lighter pressure of the leg on the outward side; and in the case of a
+lady it is necessary that she should use her whip on the off side behind
+the saddle alternately with her leg on the near side, in order to cause
+the horse to gain ground to the front, as well as to place one foot
+before the other.</p>
+
+<p>After starting her horse at a walk, "going large," the rider should
+rein him back, collect and balance him&mdash;riding equally upon snaffle and
+curb reins&mdash;she should make the corner perfectly square; and when midway
+between it and the centre marker, the instructor should give the word
+"right half passage," upon which the pupil should still further collect
+her horse into the slow pace she used in the bending lesson, and, having
+arrived at the centre marker, she should bring the horse's forehand in,
+by a double feeling of the right rein; the outward leg closed, to
+prevent the haunches from flying out. The inward rein leads; the outward
+balances and assists the power of the inward. A pressure of the left leg
+causes the horse to place one foot before the other (see Aid Book). The
+whip used in alternate action with the leg will cause him to move to his
+right front, towards the boards.</p>
+
+<p>A very light and delicate application of the leg, in unison with a
+similar application of the whip, is sufficient with a well-broken horse
+to enable the rider to do the "half passage" correctly at a walk. The
+point at which, strictly speaking, she should arrive at the boards is
+just midway between the ends of the school; and in a properly-regulated
+one there should always be a white marker on the wall, just above the
+place where the sockets for the leaping bar are inserted in it.</p>
+
+<p>Keeping her eye upon this marker, the rider should lead her horse's
+forehand lightly with the right rein, maintaining an easy, playful,
+feeling of the snaffle in his mouth, and carefully balancing his every
+step with the left rein, while she presses him up to his work with the
+leg and whip. The horse's head should be bent to the right, so that his
+right eye is visible to the rider as she sits perfectly square in the
+saddle. The pace can scarcely be too slow, but every step must be taken
+up to the bridle, the horse's forehand up, and his haunches well under
+him.</p>
+
+<p>In no part of a lady's course of equitation is it necessary for the
+instructor to pay more close attention to his pupil than in this: the
+temptation to the latter to relax her position, and sit, as it were,
+"all over the saddle" is great, from the difficulty she at first
+experiences in applying the aids effectually, and her anxiety to do
+well, causing her to twist her figure in pressing the horse with the
+left leg. The horse, too, is moving with his fore and hind feet in two
+distinctly different lines, which renders it far from easy, without
+considerable practice, to sit fair and square in the saddle. Close
+attention and quiet correction, however, will obviate all this.</p>
+
+<p>Many people, I am aware, assert that riding with such precision is
+unnecessary to a lady. From this opinion I beg leave to dissent <i>in
+toto</i>, my idea being that a course of equitation for a lady means
+teaching her everything (less the lessons of the "Haute École")
+connected with the subject, and that whether she chooses hereafter to
+practise the "bending lesson," "half passage," and change at a canter or
+not, a thorough knowledge of them will give her a facility of riding
+unattainable by any other means, and make her also thoroughly <i>au fait</i>
+to the reason for everything she does in order to control the animal
+under her.</p>
+
+<p>Again, I can see no possible reason why the nicest precision should be
+considered unnecessary in a lady's riding any more than it is in music;
+and, to try back on my old simile, I submit that as the same scale is
+written for a Thalberg as for the fair daughter of the house who
+performs on the pianoforte for the <i>post prandial</i> amusement of
+paterfamilias, and inasmuch as the mode in which the music is performed
+is dependent in a great measure upon precision and practice, so in
+riding it is necessary to make a young lady acquainted with the
+principles of equitation in their minutest details, and carefully to
+watch that she executes them with the most rigid exactness.</p>
+
+<p>To return to the half passage. On arriving at the boards the lady should
+halt her horse for a moment and make much of him, then rein him back,
+and again walk him round the school to the left. The half passage should
+then be done to that hand, reversing the aids, and using the whip
+instead of the left leg. This will bring the horse again upon the right
+rein. He should now be well put up to his work, and pressed smartly off
+at a very collected canter. The instructor should be most careful that
+the proper cadence in pace is arrived at before he gives the word, and
+should caution the pupil also that when she arrives at the boards she
+should bring her horse to the walk.</p>
+
+<p>To facilitate this exercise also, it may be advisable in some cases to
+take the whole school instead of half of it; but in that case the horse
+should go over the same ground in the "half passage" at a walk, as he
+afterwards does at a canter.</p>
+
+<p>When the exercise is done at the latter pace, no attempt should be made
+at the first effort to change the horse at the boards. The master should
+give the word very quietly directly the pupil turns the corner of the
+school, and she should then press her horse well up, and turn his head
+smoothly from the centre marker, applying her aids with firmness and
+decision, endeavouring at the same time to prevent him from hurrying his
+pace. This, however, at the first attempt, it is scarcely to be expected
+that she will accomplish.</p>
+
+<p>If the whole school is taken, the point of arrival at the boards should
+be about a horse's length from the end, where he should be brought
+quietly to a walk, the rider for this purpose keeping the body back,
+turning the little fingers of both hands up towards the waist, and
+drawing the hands themselves well towards her waist. The bend of the
+horse's head should then be changed to the left, by allowing the off
+side reins to slip through the right hand about two inches, and drawing
+the near-side reins through the left hand, with the right, to an equal
+extent. The near-side reins should then be passed into the right hand,
+while with the left the rider "makes much" of her horse on the near
+side. This, of course, should only be done if he has executed the
+movement with reasonable precision, for (to repeat) perfection cannot be
+expected in the pupil's first effort.</p>
+
+<p>Plenty of time should be taken between these "half-passage" lessons,
+because they are severe, calling very much upon the physical powers of
+both horse and rider.</p>
+
+<p>In order to give both a fair chance, the lesson should be again done at
+a walk, then at a canter, the pupil carefully instructed on arriving at
+the boards to strike the horse off collectedly <i>to the left</i>. To do this
+she should quietly change the bend to that hand, carry her left foot
+well forward towards the horse's shoulder, so as to use an action of her
+leg reverse to that she had recourse to in striking him off to the
+right. She should keep him well bent, but well supported with the
+outward rein. When she has him in the corner of the school, and bent
+both in his neck and ribs (which in turning and putting his off fore
+foot into the angle must be the case, if she applies her whip smartly
+behind the flap of the saddle, and presses her left foot to his near
+elbow, keeping his forehand well up at the same time), he can scarcely
+refuse to strike off with his near leg; but it must be borne in mind
+that a lady cannot be expected to execute this movement with any
+certainty unless the horse has been previously taught by a man to obey
+the aids the lady applies as above directed. This, however, every
+breaker who knows his business can easily do.</p>
+
+<p>When a fair amount of proficiency is acquired in this lesson, the change
+may be made from what is technically called a "half halt," which means
+simply that, the horse being thrown more upon his haunches, the aids are
+applied with great firmness, and the horse compelled to change his leg
+without being brought completely to the walk. The degree of proficiency,
+however, should be when the pupil can change her horse with certainty
+after halting him.</p>
+
+<p>The pace at which the half passage is done should be very collected,
+and, I repeat, if the rider and horse do it only reasonably well (that
+is, the latter continuing true and united in his pace, and changing
+freely after being halted), that for some little time it should be
+considered sufficient, and every allowance made for the fact that the
+lady, unlike the male rider, cannot give support to her horse with both
+legs.</p>
+
+<p>Most likely at first the horse will throw his haunches out a little, and
+the rider slightly lose her position. Practice and the close application
+most ladies give to riding will suffice to correct all this, and in due
+time the pupil will be able to execute the lesson with smoothness and
+ease to herself and her horse. She will then be sufficiently advanced to
+commence cantering on the curb rein alone. This, as regards finish in
+the rider's hand, is in equitation what tone is in music. Every motion
+of the little finger, or the slightest turn of the wrist, acts upon the
+curb when it is unrelieved by the snaffle with so much more power, that
+the greatest care is necessary to keep the bridle hand steady at first,
+and to avoid anything approaching to suddenness or roughness of action.</p>
+
+<p>This steadiness is best accomplished by causing the pupil to ride with
+the reins arranged military fashion, with the snaffle reins hanging over
+the full of the left hand, the off side rein uppermost, and the right
+hand holding the end of the curb reins, as before described, which
+affords greater facility for easing and feeling them than can at first
+be expected, when the action is given altogether from the left wrist. In
+the latter case, the hand without considerable practice would be far too
+heavy, even when the arm was kept quite firm, and unbearably heavy to
+the horse if there was any motion from the shoulder of the rider.</p>
+
+<p>I must repeat that the lines of action of the little finger of the
+bridle hand are four&mdash;namely, towards the right and left shoulder
+respectively, according as the rider desires to turn the horse right or
+left; and towards his neck and her own waist, as she wishes to collect,
+rein back, or move him forward.</p>
+
+<p>Now, while in trotting on the curb rein only the hand and arm should be
+kept as steady as possible, in order that the horse may make a free
+<i>appui</i> between mouth and hand, "taking hold a little of the latter;" in
+cantering the direct reverse of this is the case, and the hand of the
+rider should give and take to every stride of the horse.</p>
+
+<p>It is in the mode of timing these give-and-take motions in exact harmony
+with the action of the horse that fine and finished hands consist; and I
+will endeavour to give an idea of the readiest way in which this
+delicate manipulation may be acquired, with as much precision as the
+fair rider can exercise when pressing the keys of a pianoforte.</p>
+
+<p>Let us suppose, then, that in preparing for the cantering lesson on the
+curb, in order nicely to collect the horse, the reins are drawn quietly
+through the left hand by the right, as above described, the object being
+to rein the horse back a step or two, and balance him well with forehand
+up and haunches under him. By the above-named drawing up of the reins a
+firmer <i>appui</i> is created against the horse's mouth. By closing both leg
+and whip, however, while still maintaining this <i>appui</i>, the horse will
+step back. The instant he does the reins should be yielded to him, and
+he will bend in the poll of the neck and yield to his rider's hand. So
+that the <i>appui</i> is then scarcely perceptible. This alternate action of
+hand and leg, aided by the whip, should be repeated just as many times
+as it is desired to rein the horse so many steps backward, the latter
+moving very slowly; a couple or three steps for the purpose above named
+are always sufficient. To move the horse to the front again at a walk,
+the leg should be closed, and the reins eased until he moves forward,
+when he should be again collected. But if the rider desires to strike
+him off at once at a canter, at the moment she eases her hand she should
+apply her spur smartly just behind the girth, and touch the horse
+lightly on the off shoulder with her whip. Being properly bent and
+prepared, he will then strike off with his right leg first, and well
+within himself; but having eased the reins as the horse takes his first
+short stride forward, the rider should feel them again the next instant,
+keeping her left hand well back, her arm steady, and manipulating the
+reins with the right hand and the fingers of the left, so that she feels
+them just as the horse's fore foot is on the ground, and eases them as
+he raises it.</p>
+
+<p>This may appear to the uninitiated a very difficult matter, but in
+reality it is not at all so, any more than it is difficult in dancing to
+keep time to music, or for the musician to count the time to himself;
+and by careful watching it can be mastered as well as either of the
+above, or the stroke in swimming.</p>
+
+<p>Anybody who has witnessed a cavalry field day will have noticed that the
+regimental band and the action of the horses both in trotting and
+cantering past the commanding officer are in exact harmony; and many
+people believe that the horses are taught to canter to the music. The
+reverse of this, however, is the case. The leader of the band, having
+himself passed through a course of equitation, knows the exact cadence
+of the pace of man&oelig;uvre, and regulates the time of the music
+accordingly; but it is because he is able to count the time of the
+horses' footfall so well that he is also able to set the time of the
+music. In like manner the fair equestrian, with a little practice, can
+learn to count the time of her horse's canter to herself, and regulate
+the action of her hand accordingly.</p>
+
+<p>The pupil must throw plenty of <i>life</i> into her riding, and, while she
+sits easily and flexibly as regards her whole figure on the saddle,
+should keep the horse equally upon his mettle. In a riding school he
+requires more calling upon than when out of doors, and more "pressing
+up," as it is technically called; but when once the rider has him going,
+well balanced, and bending nicely, the great thing is to "let well
+alone," and not ask too much, by which she would only fret and upset
+him. In bringing the horse to the walk, the pupil should be cautioned to
+feel him up very gradually, avoiding any sudden jerk on his mouth. The
+gradual stronger feeling for two or three strides, of the taking action
+of the hand, followed by a much slighter giving of the reins, will bring
+the horse smoothly to the walk. The body of the rider should be inclined
+slightly back from the perpendicular.</p>
+
+<p>When the lady has acquired ease and freedom in riding on the curb, the
+turn, circles, "half passage" and change may be practised, close
+attention being given that the aids are applied smoothly and quietly.</p>
+
+<p>After a few such lessons, the pupil may commence riding with the left
+hand entirely unassisted by the right. For this purpose it is necessary
+first to carry that portion of the reins held in the right hand over the
+middle joint of the fore finger of the left; close the thumb firmly down
+on them, and drop the slack of the rein to the off side of the saddle
+near the horse's shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>The give-and-take action must at first be from the wrist only, the arm
+being kept firm, and the hand opposite the centre of the body.</p>
+
+<p>For a time this will be a little difficult, especially in turning, when
+the rider has only the motion of the little finger to depend upon for
+the action of the bit in the horse's mouth; but by supporting the horse
+well with the leg and whip, she will find that he will presently answer
+readily to her aids. In turning to the right, the hand must be turned
+with the knuckles up, and the little finger down towards the left
+shoulder, the whip pressed to the horse's side, and the leg kept close,
+in order to make the turn square. In turning to the left, the little
+finger should be directed inwards and upwards towards the right
+shoulder, and the left leg pressed to assist the turn, while the whip on
+the off side insures its squareness. The wrist must be quite easy and
+supple. In collecting, reining back, halting, or bringing the horse to
+the walk, the action by which he is restrained should again at first be
+altogether from the wrist, because motion from the shoulder would be too
+heavy. In yielding to the horse, nothing more is necessary than to turn
+the knuckles up and the little finger towards the horse's neck.</p>
+
+<p>By degrees, as the pupil learns to command her horse riding in this form
+she must be instructed once more to give free and mobile action to the
+arm at the shoulder joint, as when riding on both snaffle and curb
+reins. But at first firmness of the arm is essential to give steadiness
+to the hand. A good deal has been said about turning horses by pressure
+of the rein against the neck without acting upon the metal in his mouth;
+and opinions very diverse have been expressed on this point. With all
+deference to the disputants, I submit that both are right and both wrong
+in some respects. For instance, when the rider has the reins divided and
+the hands well apart (a section of the lady equitation I propose to say
+something about hereafter), if the rider turns the horse square to the
+right or left he must use his legs as well as his hands, and
+imperceptibly perhaps to himself (even if he has not been taught by
+rule) he closes both the outward leg and feels the outward rein firmly,
+in order to support the horse and prevent him from falling, which
+otherwise he would be in danger of doing. Now, this support with the
+outward rein causes it to press against the horse's neck, and to some
+extent gives him the indication of the rider's will. But still it is
+simply impossible to do this without acting on the snaffle or bit rein,
+as the case may be, on one side or the other, as long as the reins are
+attached to a bit of any sort. And after all, it is the leg which gives
+the surest indication of the rider's will.</p>
+
+<p>One sees a lad in an Irish fair riding with a flat-headed halter turned
+through the horse's mouth, and, with the rope only on one side, he will
+put the horse through his paces, jump him, and turn him to either hand.
+There is no metal at all in the mouth, although the hemp is not a bad
+substitute; but the rope being only on one side, it is evident that it
+is not pressure upon the neck that turns the horse, but the action of
+the boy's leg against the intercostal muscles of the horse, and the
+inflection of the lad's body to the hand he desires to turn to.</p>
+
+<p>Moreover, in the case, let us say of a dragoon, we will suppose at
+riding school drill, it would be utterly out of the question to turn
+horses by pressure on the neck and preserve order at the same time. Let
+us suppose a double ride&mdash;seven mounted men on either side of a school
+or <i>manége</i>. They are going large round the place, and the instructor
+gives the word "Right and left turn." If each man of the fourteen were
+to turn his horse by pressure of the reins against the neck, instead of
+by the aid of leg and hand, the result would be that in place of making
+a square turn at right angles with the boards, each horse would describe
+a segment of a circle, more or less large, according to the
+susceptibility of his neck, and the stiffness or otherwise of his ribs.
+The consequence would be that the two sides, instead of passing left
+hand to left hand through the intervals (and it must be remembered that
+there is little room to spare), would be on the top of each other, and
+in confusion at once. And if this would be bad at a walk, it would be
+still worse at a canter. In either case it would be impossible, by the
+application of such aids, to preserve the dressing. The above, I submit,
+is a sufficient reason, where the utmost precision in riding is
+required, why turning a horse by the action of the rein against his neck
+(if, indeed, it can be done at all without the leg) is objectionable;
+and another objection in the case both of the dragoon and the lady rider
+is that the motions by which such aids could be applied are <i>too wide</i>
+for neat and elegant riding.</p>
+
+<p>Horses in their breaking may be taught to answer all sorts of "cross
+aids;" but for simplicity and ease of comprehension there is nothing in
+equitation so good as the system practised in the German and our own
+cavalry riding schools, the proof of which lies in the fact that,
+although years ago one did not get even an average amount of
+intelligence as a rule in our rank and file, yet every cavalry soldier
+could readily understand the simple system upon which he was taught. It
+is because that system forms, after all, the basis of much that applies
+to female equitation that I have so frequently quoted from and alluded
+to it.</p>
+
+<p>When the instructor finds that his pupil is quite at her ease, riding
+her horse with one hand only, that she can do this, giving due freedom
+of action to the arm at the shoulder joint, has perfect command of him,
+and plenty of liberty and confidence in her own deportment on his back,
+he should take her out and ride with her in the park or road, and
+subsequently prepare her to extend her horse at a gallop, and commence
+her leaping lessons.</p>
+
+<p>At this stage a more finished style of equestrian toilette will of
+course be adopted, in lien of the loose habiliments hitherto used.</p>
+
+<p>I do not pretend to lay down any arbitrary rule on this subject. Much of
+course depends upon the taste of the lady herself, and in this respect
+English ladies are pre-eminent; a good deal also upon the judgment and
+experience of those about her. But as I have good opportunities of
+seeing the best types of fashionable attire for ladies' riding, I
+venture to suggest some of them.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XII.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Dress for Park Riding, and the Extended Paces.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>In no department of the charming art of dressing well is a lady so much
+shackled by conventional usages as in her "get up" for riding. In all
+other kinds of dress, from the full Court costume to simple morning
+wrapper, such is the almost endless variety of style that there is
+something to suit every woman, from the lady of high degree to "Dolly
+Varden," and the "Molly Duster;" and the selection made is conclusive as
+to the good or bad taste of the wearer. In riding dress it is altogether
+different. "Chimney pot" hats, tight-fitting jackets, and flowing skirts
+of orthodox dark rifle-green seem to be <i>de rigueur</i>, whatever may be
+the figure, style, or complexion of the wearer. I submit (and in this
+opinion I am borne out by several accomplished lady riders, to one of
+whom I am indebted for the following suggestions) that this is wrong,
+and that some modifications as regards shape and colour would be
+advantageous both as regards the comfort of the ladies themselves, and
+as a matter of taste.</p>
+
+<p>To begin with head-dress. It is manifest that whereas a lady of tall,
+lithe figure, with an oval Grecian style of face, and classical contour
+of head, will appear to the greatest advantage on horseback in a plain
+or gentleman's hat, and with her hair so arranged as to show the outline
+of the head and neck, one of the Hebe style of beauty, particularly if
+slightly inclined to the "<i>embon.</i>," if so accoutred, would not look by
+any means well. Yet one constantly sees the same sort of head-dress worn
+by ladies whose general style is in direct contrast, the reason
+presumably being that fashion admits of such little latitude for
+choice.</p>
+
+<p>Again, as regards the jacket. A lady of slight figure (for effect) can
+scarcely wear anything that fits too close, consistently with her
+freedom of motion; but the fair equestrian whose proportions are not
+"sylph like" is badly equipped in such a garment.</p>
+
+<p>To revert to the hat for the latter type of lady, the most becoming
+style seems to be one with a low crown, and brim more or less wide,
+according to the features of the wearer, as such hats admit of great
+variety, both in material, and, what is more important, in colour; and
+consequently it is not difficult for a lady to obtain that which is
+exactly suitable to her both as regards feature and complexion.</p>
+
+<p>Some of these hats for park or road riding, ornamented with ostrich or
+other feathers, are exceedingly elegant and becoming, and protect the
+skin from the rays of the sun, without any necessity for a veil, which
+cannot be said of the plain black or gentleman's hat. For the hunting
+field, of course, feathers or ornaments are out of place; but
+nevertheless most elegant low-crowned, wide-rimmed hats, made of fine
+felt and without ornament, of shapes suitable to every class of feature,
+are obtainable in Melton, and I presume are equally accessible in
+London.</p>
+
+<p>The form of jacket most suitable for a lady whose proportions incline to
+fulness is a tunic, made Hussar fashion, that is, it should have two
+seams in the back and be well sprung inwards towards the waist without
+fitting tight; the short skirt made full, and reaching well down to the
+saddle; the sleeves wide. Broad braiding judiciously arranged on such
+tunics, too, will have the effect of considerably diminishing the
+appearance of redundant fulness of figure in the wearer.</p>
+
+<p>Two rows of braiding, commencing at the lower edge of the tunic behind,
+should bend inwards towards the waist; but instead of diverging thence
+to the shoulder points, as in a military coat, should pass over the
+shoulders, about midway between them and the neck, and thence be
+continued with a turn (ornamental or plain) to the front of the tunic on
+both sides, and reaching down to its lower extremity. There should be no
+braiding round the bottom edges of the jacket. These tunics can be made
+either single or double breasted, but in either case should have broad
+lappets in front; and neckties of any colour suitable to the wearer's
+complexion, arranged as a gentleman ties his neckcloth, and fastened
+with gold horseshoe pins, jewelled or plain, are very effective. The
+single-breasted tunic should be fastened with hooks and eyes, covered by
+the braid; the double-breasted jacket should fasten with plain silk
+buttons. The advantage of these tunics is that, while they afford plenty
+of room to the rider, and while they in no way cramp her flexibility in
+the saddle, they tend to diminish to a degree scarcely conceivable the
+appearance of redundant fulness or squareness of form, and give a very
+elegant <i>tournure</i> to a figure that would look by no means well in a
+tight-fitting jacket.</p>
+
+<p>Again, neckties of moderately large pattern, and ornaments in the way of
+feathers and pins, or other fastenings for the cravat, all tend to
+diminish to the eye the appearance of weight and size, and as a rule,
+are as becoming on horseback to ladies of full figure as rigid plainness
+in habits, collars, &amp;c., are to those of spare and delicate form. It
+should be borne in mind that it is on the off side that the figure of a
+lady equestrian is most critically noticed by the observer. On the near
+side the skirt has a great effect in increasing or diminishing the
+apparent size and form of the rider. On the off side every defect in
+form or dress is patent, and it is on the off side that the gentleman
+attendant rides. Close-fitting jackets, then, I repeat; plain
+gentleman's hats, with or without lace lappets, and extreme simplicity
+of get up, will be most effective on the off side in the case of a lady
+of slight figure. The style of hat and tunic I have attempted to
+describe is most suitable to those whose <i>physique</i> is more developed.</p>
+
+<p>As regards skirts, a fair amount of fullness, according to the size of
+the rider, for road or park, gives a very graceful appearance on the
+near side, care of course being taken that the habit is not so long as
+to admit of the horse treading on it. For hunting skirts can scarcely be
+too circumscribed, as long as they afford the wearer freedom of action.</p>
+
+<p>A word now about colours. I repeat that except in the arbitrary dictum
+of fashion there is no warranty for the all but universal prevalence of
+dark rifle-green for riding habits. It must be evident that a lady who
+is a "brunette" will look far better in a riding dress the colour of
+which is dark chocolate or purple than she will in green of any sort;
+and on the other hand a "blonde" would be more suitably attired in a
+habit of a shade of light blue suitable to her complexion than in
+anything of more sombre hue. Again, in the hunting field why should our
+patrician ladies who grace these sporting <i>réunions</i>, with their
+presence, and go as straight and well as any men, shewing always in the
+front rank, be debarred by fashion or conventional usage from wearing
+scarlet jackets. Scarlet is worn on foot&mdash;for opera cloaks, in shawls,
+in whole dresses. Why not scarlet on horseback? I saw a lady this season
+riding with one of our crack Midland packs who wore a scarlet jacket of
+very fine cloth; a light blue silk cravat, fastened with a diamond
+horseshoe pin; a skirt of very dark blue, and a plain man's hat of
+Melton style. She was a blonde with golden hair, mounted on a bright
+chestnut blood-like hunter; and, as she was of slight, lathy figure, and
+rode exceedingly well, the <i>ensemble</i> was quite charming. This lady was
+the cynosure of all eyes, not only on account of her capital riding but
+her dress, which I heard deprecated by some as "<i>too loud</i>." My humble
+opinion was that it was exactly in harmony with the place and the sport,
+most becoming to the wearer, and calculated to give <i>dash</i> and
+<i>brilliancy</i> to the <i>coup d'&oelig;il</i> afforded by the field as they
+streamed away after the hounds; moreover, the lady herself had that
+thoroughbred stamp and aristocratic bearing that would have rendered any
+innovation in equestrian costume admissable in her case. But when the
+complexion and style of any lady admits of it, I can see no reason why
+she should not wear scarlet with foxhounds as well as her brother or her
+husband. In summer time, too, is not dark rifle-green or any dark colour
+and thick cloth which attracts the rays of the sun to the certain
+discomfort of the wearer an absurdity, when the fair equestrian would
+look far better, because more seasonably attired, in light grey, light
+blue, or even in a habit of perfectly white linen, or similar fabric?</p>
+
+<p>As I have ventured to point out a pleasing alteration of conventional
+dress in the hunting field, I trust I may be pardoned for describing
+what appeared to me an equally consistent innovation in summer costume
+for the saddle. Last summer I saw four young ladies taking an early
+morning canter over a breezy down in this neighbourhood. The weather was
+sultry. Three of the ladies wore habits of different shades of grey,
+according to their respective complexions, the fabric evidently very
+thin. Their equipment was completed by felt hats of different shapes,
+exceedingly becoming. The fourth lady, who was very fair, wore a
+perfectly white habit, made, I presume, of linen; the jacket edged with
+a narrow light blue cord; her headdress was a yachting hat of Tuscan
+straw, encircled by and also fastened under her chin with light blue
+ribbon. In the front of her jacket she wore a moss rosebud. She was
+riding an Arab-like blood horse, and being, like her companions, not
+only well mounted, but a first-rate horsewoman, the effect was not only
+pleasing to the eye and full of "dash," but, I am sure, most conducive
+to the comfort of the fair riders themselves. Fashion apart, I may
+fairly ask, would not these four ladies have looked equally well, and
+felt as much at their ease, in Rotten Row as on the springy
+Leicestershire turf? I devoutly hope yet to see some of the leaders of
+fashion in the gay London season inaugurate some such change as I
+venture to suggest; and certain I am if they did so, Rotten Row in the
+month of May would present a brilliant Watteau-like appearance, very
+different from that produced by the prevalence of sombre colours now
+worn by the equestrian <i>habitués</i> of that fashionable ride.</p>
+
+<p>To return to our fair pupil (having made such selection of riding dress
+as is most suitable to her style). Her first outdoor rides should be
+taken on some quiet and little frequented road until she becomes
+accustomed to control her horse; for there is a great difference in the
+form of going of the same animal in the riding school and on the road,
+as many horses that require considerable rousing in the school are all
+action and lightheartedness out of doors.</p>
+
+<p>On the road, especially when they are hard, walking and trotting should
+be the pace, the pupil riding equally on snaffle and curb reins; the
+pace free and active; the trot about eight to eight and a half the hour.</p>
+
+<p>Cantering should never be practised on hard ground, as it is certain,
+sooner or later, to cause mischief to the horse's legs. Where there is a
+good broad sward by the roadside, as in the Midland counties, a good
+stretching canter for miles may always be had where the ground is good
+going. But such places are not to be found in the neighbourhood of the
+metropolis; and it is necessary therefore to select some open common,
+such as Wimbledon or Wormwood Scrubs, for cantering at first.</p>
+
+<p>By degrees the pupil should be accustomed to ride through thoroughfares
+where there is considerable traffic, and may then make her <i>début</i> in
+Rotten Row; and here I may remark that nobody, lady or gentleman, should
+ever attempt riding in this fashionable equestrian resort until they
+have thorough command of their horses, and, indeed, know scientifically
+what riding is. The place, strictly speaking, is a ride intended for
+royalty alone; and I believe I am correct in saying that the admission
+of the general public to it is by no means a matter of right. Great
+pains are bestowed to keep it in good order throughout the year;
+especially, it is always soft and good for a horse's legs. But as a
+great concourse of equestrians, male and female, is always in the Row in
+the London season, and as the horses are nearly all well bred and high
+couraged, there is considerable danger, both to themselves and others,
+in persons with indifferent seats and hands venturing to ride in the
+fashionable crowd, the danger being considerably enhanced by the fact
+that such people are altogether ignorant of the risk they are running.
+For my own part, after seeing some corpulent citizen rehearsing "John
+Gilpin" in Hyde Park, with his trousers half-way up to his knees, and
+his feet the wrong way in the stirrups, the wonder has always been to me
+not that accidents occur in Rotten Row, but that there are not a great
+many more.</p>
+
+<p>There are adventurous ladies, too, who occasionally create a sensation
+among the crowd, not at all flattering to themselves if they only knew
+the sentiments of those about them; and I really think it would be a
+capital plan to appoint some competent gentlemen to take charge by
+turns of the Row in the London season, and order the mounted police on
+duty quietly to see everybody out of it who was unable to command their
+horses. Matters, since the mounted constables have been put on, are not
+quite so bad as formerly; but there is plenty of room for improvement
+still, both as regards dogs, pretty horsebreakers, and tailors.</p>
+
+<p>At all events, I recommend any man taking a young lady into the Park in
+the height of the London season "to have his eyes about him" in every
+direction, lest some "dashing equestrian," male or female, should come
+bucketing a horse in rear of his charge, and to keep a close watch also
+upon the latter&mdash;to see that she <i>rides her horse</i> all the time she is
+in the place, keeping him well into his bridle, which reduces to a
+minimum the chances of his suddenly flirting.</p>
+
+<p>Elsewhere I have gone at considerable length into the subject of
+possible accidents in the Park. It is perhaps necessary that I repeat
+the gist of it here, which is simply that no young lady, however
+accomplished a horsewoman she may be, should be allowed by her friends
+to ride in the Row unattended by a male companion, who is not only a
+thoroughly good horseman, but accustomed to ride beside a lady and
+<i>anticipate</i> anything in the shape of bad manners on the part of her
+horse; that the attendance of a groom, who rides at a considerable
+distance in rear of the lady (whatever appearance of conventional style
+it may give to the fair equestrian), is utterly useless to her in case
+of accident, nay, in more than one instance that I have known has been
+productive of it from the groom galloping up at a critical moment, and
+still further exciting the lady's horse. Finally, that no lady should
+ever ride a horse of high breed and courage that has been allowed to
+"get above himself," by remaining day after day in the stable, or having
+insufficient work, when exercised, to keep down exuberant freshness.</p>
+
+<p>There is no danger to a thoroughly good horsewoman in riding a horse
+that is "light-hearted." But there is risk to everybody, man or woman,
+in riding one "mad fresh," ready to jump out of his skin, as the grooms
+say, in a crowd of other horses.</p>
+
+<p>For my own part, of two evils, I would rather see a lady jammed into a
+lane with twenty or thirty horses, after hounds had just got away, and
+everybody was struggling to get out, than I would see her in the Park
+unattended by a gentleman, and mounted upon a well-bred horse that was
+very fresh. I do not by any means deprecate riding in the Row. It is a
+splendid piece of riding ground, and relieved to some extent, as it now
+is, of overcrowding by the ride on the upper side of the Park; it is a
+glorious place for a canter. But I repeat, let everybody who takes a
+horse there be able to ride him, and have eyes for his neighbours as
+well as himself; and especially let gentlemen who attend ladies there be
+always on the <i>qui vive</i> for the adventurous Gilpins and "pretty
+horsebreakers."</p>
+
+<p>The canter for the Row, conventionally and wisely, should be almost as
+collected as that of the riding school. It is an understood thing, in
+fact, that no lady or gentleman (properly so called) "sets a horse
+going" there; and trotting when practised should also be done very
+collectedly, both paces admitting of the display of talent and
+proficiency in equitation of the rider.</p>
+
+<p>For the more extended paces, it is necessary again to have recourse to
+open heath or common; and, before the pupil attempts to "set her horse
+going," the difference between cantering, in the "andante" pace, and
+galloping, should be clearly explained to her. The main difference in
+this cantering is to some extent an artificial pace, because, when
+practised collectedly, the greater weight of the horse is brought from
+his forehand on to his haunches; and the shorter the pace, the more his
+weight is on his hind legs. It is for this reason that very collected
+cantering should not be continued for any great length of time, from its
+tendency to strain the hocks, nevertheless cantering, like trotting,
+cannot fairly be pronounced altogether artificial, because anybody who
+has had the handling of a great number of young horses must have seen
+many of them running loose who would canter the length of a paddock at
+quite a short pace, both legs on the same side (generally the near
+side); and I have seen a foal at a mare's foot trot, true and fair, for
+a considerable distance.</p>
+
+<p>Galloping, however, like walking, is a perfectly natural pace, although
+it is a mistake to say that in the gallop the horse moves both fore and
+hind legs together, in what is frequently termed "a succession of
+jumps." That he does this in his top speed, and especially in making a
+supreme effort, as in a desperate finish of a race, is perfectly true:
+but it is equally certain that at half or three quarter speed he is
+leading with either near or off fore leg, and that anything but a <i>full
+speed</i> gallop is simply a very extended canter. Any man who has ridden a
+race must know that where the distance is great, say four miles or more,
+and men do not force the pace, for perhaps two-thirds of the way every
+horse (say of a score of them) will be leading with either near or off
+leg, generally the former, and that a very hot excitable horse, eager to
+get to the front, will <i>change his leg</i> when he finds his rider keeps
+his hands down, and his horse back. It may be said that this is not
+galloping but cantering; but I beg to assure all those who maintain this
+opinion that such a canter is faster than any gallop resorted to, apart
+from racing, that, in short, such a gallop is a very extended canter.
+Whatever the term, however, may be most applicable to it, half racing
+speed is quite as fast as a lady will have occasion to ride, unless in
+cases of desperate emergency. At such speed the horse has altogether a
+different balance to that maintained in the short canter; and, although
+he does not go altogether on his shoulders, still, to afford him freedom
+of action, he must be allowed to extend his head and neck, because, if
+too much bent, his action will be clambering, instead of sending him
+freely to his front.</p>
+
+<p>To gallop a horse in good form the lady should adopt a different
+arrangement of the reins to any heretofore used. It is simply to divide
+them, so that the little fingers of both hands pass between the snaffle
+and curb reins, the latter under the little finger, and a little longer
+than the former, the <i>appui</i> being principally upon the snaffle,
+although there should be no slack rein on the curbs. Her hands should be
+kept well apart, and as low down as she can get them. The reason for
+separating the hands is, that it is far more difficult for a lady to set
+her hands down than for a man to do the same thing, because the front
+forks of the saddle are very much in her way.</p>
+
+<p>If, however, she rides with a saddle, the off side crutch of which is
+"cut down," and she places her right hand outside her right knee, and
+her left hand outside the near side upper crutch, she will have the
+reins at nearly the same angle, and about the same feeling on the
+horse's mouth, as would be obtained by a man in setting his horse going.</p>
+
+<p>In order to counteract any tendency of this position of the hands to
+interfere with the rider's proper balance, the left foot should be
+carried well forward, while the leg is pressed firmly against the third
+crutch, and an equally firm grasp of the upper crutch is taken with the
+right knee. A slight bend forward of the figure from the waist upwards
+is admissible, but great care should be taken by the instructor that
+this is not overdone, but regulated by the angle at which the left foot
+is placed. With the slight bend forward, however, there should be no
+rounding of the back or shoulders, or dropping of the head. Neither
+should the hands be allowed to get too forward; they will be somewhat in
+advance of their position at a canter, but not be more than six or eight
+inches from the body&mdash;the hands with the knuckles upwards, the elbows
+only slightly bent.</p>
+
+<p>The ground selected for this exercise should be well known to the
+instructor&mdash;sound, good-going turf, perfectly free from rabbit holes or
+rotten places. The pace should be gradually increased from a free canter
+to about half-racing speed, the master making the pace himself, and
+carefully watching his pupil in every stride her horse takes. The lady
+should be instructed to let her horse "take fairly hold" of her, and
+press him with the leg until he strides freely along in his gallop. She
+should keep her hands shut firmly on the reins, and rest the former
+against the saddle. The horse then, while taking well hold of her, will
+not <i>pull</i>, nor will she pull an ounce against him, the consequence
+being that when she desires to decrease her speed, she has only to lean
+back gradually from her galloping position, bringing the body first
+perfectly upright, and then inclining back at about the same angle she
+previously carried it forward, raise her hands up from the saddle, and
+carry them back to her waist, while she turns the little fingers inwards
+and upwards towards it, which will cause her to feel the curb reins with
+a double feeling to the snaffle, and in about a dozen strides she can
+thus collect her horse into a steady canter and bring him subsequently
+to a walk. The length and speed of these rides must be carefully
+regulated by the master according to the nerve and strength of his
+pupil. Without a fair amount of both nerve and physical power such
+gallops should not be attempted at all. Where there is plenty of both, a
+half-mile spin is admissible to begin with, and, with good going ground,
+this may be increased gradually to a couple of miles. The instructor
+should be very careful in cautioning his pupil to diminish the speed of
+her horse by degrees and in the manner above described, especially
+avoiding any sudden pull at him, or any unsteadiness of the hands.
+Carefully practised, these gallops will give the pupil great freedom and
+confidence in the saddle; and they are, moreover, wonderful promoters of
+health.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Leaping Lesson.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>I come now to a section of our courses of instruction, which, if not as
+some suppose the most difficult to impart or acquire, is nevertheless of
+great importance. The principles, however, upon which a horse "does a
+fence" neatly and safely, and those upon which depend the secure riding
+of the lady, once properly understood, the rest is a question of
+practice, the thorough training of the horse and his complete fitness
+for his task being assumed. The two latter points are, however, of such
+vital consequence that I will endeavour to direct attention to several
+matters connected with them, which I trust may be useful.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, then, it should be borne in mind that whereas every
+horse of every breed in the world can be taught to jump, jumping comes
+so aptly to some as to be perfectly natural, and no more trouble to them
+with a fair weight than walking or galloping. Such horses are easily
+taught to be <i>clever</i>; that is to say, to do "doubles," "in and out,"
+and crooked places, with almost the surefootedness of a goat, as well as
+to jump clean timber or fly sixteen or eighteen feet of water. The sort
+of animal I speak of is fond of jumping, and consequently when carefully
+broken learns to <i>balance himself</i> with the greatest nicety; and,
+provided the ground is sound, you cannot get him down, while he does not
+know what refusing means, except in the case of utterly impracticable
+places.</p>
+
+<p>It is upon such horses, or those which approach the nearest to them in
+their qualifications, that a lady should be mounted, not only for the
+hunting field itself, but in her initiation in the riding school into
+the art of riding her horse over a fence. Horses that rush at their
+jump, are hot-headed, or intemperate in any way, are utterly unfit for a
+lady to attempt leaping with, either indoors or out. There should be
+blood and quality undoubtedly, as well as substance and power, but these
+must be joined to the best of temper. Possibly the very perfection of a
+horse exists in that wonderful little animal the Lamb, who has just
+exhibited at Liverpool the most extraordinary feats of <i>cleverness</i> and
+endurance, coupled with splendid action, speed, and temper, ever yet
+shown by any horse. The form in which, galloping at top speed, he jumped
+over two horses lying <i>hors de combat</i> right in his way, and cleared
+both and their riders without further injury to any, will live always in
+the memory of those who witnessed it; while his unflinching and
+determined effort to win under a weight that scarcely admitted of hope
+stamp the Lamb as a horse without equal in our day. In my opinion no
+price in reason could be too much to ask or give for such animal.</p>
+
+<p>A short time ago I had the great honour and privilege accorded me by his
+noble owner of a close inspection at his private training quarters of
+this unrivalled little equine gem; and I am bound to say that, although
+I never quite believed in perfection of a horse until I saw the action,
+manner, and general form of the Lamb, as far as my judgment or
+experience goes, I freely accord to him the palm over every horse I have
+seen in a lifetime spent among horseflesh in one quarter or another of
+the world; but, although it is not possible in my humble opinion to find
+his equal as a cross-country horse, our endeavours should be directed to
+obtain for a lady hunter that which approximates most closely to the
+Lamb. Let me briefly point out what are the qualities that render such
+horses the fittest for carrying a lady to hounds.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, the connecting points of such an animal are so true
+in their relative adjustment, that while in galloping he does not
+<i>clamber</i> or fight the air, he goes with action so safe as always to
+clear any of those apparently insignificant obstacles, which too often
+bring to grief a gallant-looking steed and his fair rider. When "ridge
+and furrow" (as must sometimes occur) run the wrong way, he can go safe
+from land to land; and this is of greater consequence to a lady's
+riding than many suppose. The stamp of horse I speak of, too, will
+gallop with his hind legs well under him, while he maintains a proper
+balance of his fore hand without getting his head too low. He will do
+his fences without rush or passion, and measure his distance to
+perfection.</p>
+
+<p>Secondly, his breeding gives him the power to endure through long runs,
+while his temper prevents that feverish excitement so detrimental in its
+reaction on a hot horse after a long day's hunting.</p>
+
+<p>To return to the detail of the leaping lesson. This should always be
+commenced either in a riding school or in a space so inclosed as to do
+away as nearly as possible with any chance of the horse refusing. It is
+not possible always to procure one that is quite a "Lamb;" and, however
+well trained the animal on which the fair pupil is put, no possible
+temptation to do wrong should ever be allowed to remain in his way. A
+gorse-bound bar, a wattled hurdle or common sheep hurdle are all equally
+good for the first attempt, care being taken not to make the leap too
+high. But I do not, from experience, believe in putting the bar or other
+obstacle on the ground, because the effort a well-broken horse makes to
+clear it is so slight, that it puts the rider off her guard; and when
+afterwards he rises higher in his jump, he is very apt to shift her in
+the saddle. There is a very natural inclination on the part of a tyro in
+riding, lady or gentleman (having seen a horse jump under another
+person), to suppose that some effort of the hand is necessary <i>to lift</i>
+the horse over the obstacle.</p>
+
+<p>It should be the duty of the instructor carefully to warn his pupil
+against any such effort, and in the first attempt to attend only to her
+true equilibrium, while she presses the horse well up to his bridle,
+keeping her hands perfectly steady, well back, and well down. She should
+take a firm hold of the upper crutch of the saddle with her right knee;
+sit well <i>into</i> the saddle, and not on the back of it, because the
+further back she sits, the greater the concussion when the horse
+alights. She should put her left foot well home in the stirrup, and
+press her leg firmly against the third crutch, while she keeps the left
+knee quite flexible, and the left foot well forward. She should draw her
+figure well up from the waist, which should be bent slightly forward;
+and she should avoid <i>stiffening</i> the waist, because it is from that
+point that she is able to throw the upper part of the figure backwards
+at the proper moment, and at the true angle, to preserve her balance.
+She should direct her glance straight between the horse's ears, and well
+in front of him to the end of the school, because if she looks down at
+her hands or the bar, she relaxes her upright position. The horse should
+be led up to the bar by the instructor, who should be able to jump
+lightly over the obstacle with the horse; and another assistant should
+follow with a whip, the presence of which the horse will recognise in an
+instant, without any noise being made with it, and he will go at once
+into his bridle, and "take hold" of the rider's hand. A groom should
+hold the end of the bar or hurdle so lightly, that if the horse touches
+it, it will fall; while another groom should stand in such a position,
+about a horse's length to half a one outside the instructor, as to do
+away with all chance of the horse swerving from any nervous action of
+the rider's hand.</p>
+
+<p>In jumping, at first the pupil should ride entirely upon the snaffle
+rein. In fact, for early leaping lessons, it is best to put a good broad
+reined snaffle in the horse's mouth, instead of a double bridle, because
+it prevents any confusion about the reins, and consequent derangement of
+nerve in the pupil. On approaching the bar, the latter should incline
+the body back from the waist upwards, at such an angle, that a line from
+the back point of the shoulder would fall about a couple of inches
+behind the cantle of the saddle. This is not according to the strict
+formula laid down by high-class professors of equitation; on the
+contrary. "The Aid Book" tells us that "the body should be inclined
+forward as the horse rises, and backwards as he alights." But I have
+found in teaching <i>ladies</i> to jump their horses that, particularly with
+a quick jumping one, any such attempt would result in the horse hitting
+the lady in the face with his head, and thereby thoroughly disgusting
+her with leaping lessons, to say nothing of possible disfigurement or
+injury. The instructor cannot be too quiet, simply keeping well hold of
+his horse, making him walk close to the boards, and cautioning his pupil
+to sit back&mdash;<i>not away from the crutches</i> of the saddle, but to throw
+the upper part of her figure back <i>the instant the horse drops his
+head</i>. Any more instruction will only confuse her. The master should
+jump with the horse, <i>but not hold the habit</i>, as is customary with some
+preceptors of riding, because no man is so clever on his legs but that
+some inequality in the tan or turf might cause him to stumble, in which
+case assuredly he would pull the lady off her horse.</p>
+
+<p>After the first jump the master is better away from both horse and
+pupil. In nine cases out of ten I have found that the above simple
+directions to the latter result in her landing all right, except a
+little derangement of equilibrium to the front; but the easy spring of a
+well-bred and well-broken horse, and the hold he takes of her hands,
+reassure her. She has made her <i>première pas</i> in jumping, and finds that
+it is by no means so difficult a matter as she anticipated. In her
+second attempt, if she exhibits good nerve, as most young ladies of the
+present day do, the instructor need only walk up the side of the school
+with her, close to the horse's shoulder, quietly correcting her if she
+allows her reins to become slack, because in that case she loses the
+<i>appui</i> on the horse's mouth, which in her early attempts at leaping is
+of vital importance to her. In fact, it is necessary, in order to give
+the pupil confidence, that the horse should jump with a firm hold upon
+her hand.</p>
+
+<p>Many authorities on riding tell us that a horse's jump is simply a
+higher stride of his gallop; from this notion I beg entirely to dissent.
+In leaping, a horse first raises his forehand upwards with a half rear,
+both feet quitting the ground at the same instant, the height he rises
+corresponding to the angle at which he takes off. Secondly, from his
+hind legs he propels himself forwards, both hind legs moving together,
+and, if he is a good jumper, well under him. If leaping, therefore, is
+to be compared to any other action of a horse, it must resemble a plunge
+gaining ground to the front. There is no possible gain in teaching,
+however, by comparing a horse's leap to his any other movement. Instinct
+tells him what to do in order to clear his legs of the obstacle, and,
+like walking or galloping, the action is by no means artificial,
+inasmuch as a thoroughly unbroken young horse loose in a paddock will
+jump through a gap on an ill-kept farm (if his dam makes the running)
+with precisely the same action as a finished hunter; and, therefore, in
+one sense I endorse the dictum once expressed to me by an Irish farmer
+when I asked his opinion as to the natural paces of a horse. His reply
+was, "Sure some of 'em goes no way natural, but just the way you don't
+want thim to go; and there's some of thim that nothing's so natural to
+as to ate a lot of good oats a man never sees the price of again. Thim's
+bad ones. But if you're spaking of a good maning, rale Irish horse, the
+most natural pace he has is to jump well." I quite agree, bar the word
+pace, that jumping to a horse is as natural as any other instinctive
+action. The weight, however, to be carried, and the mode in which that
+weight is distributed at the critical moment, makes a material
+difference to both horse and rider. Therefore, the early leaping lessons
+should be confined to causing the pupil to do as little as possible to
+impede the action of the horse, while she preserves her due balance.
+Like the breaking of a young colt in the case of a pupil learning to
+ride over a fence, if you ask too much at once or confuse the learner,
+you obtain nothing but discomfiture.</p>
+
+<p>As regards this portion of the course of equitation, it is specially
+necessary to bear in mind the old French maxim, <i>C'est ne pas le
+première pas qui coûte</i>. At the same time it is quite possible, if the
+first step is injudiciously taken, to spoil the whole of your previous
+work. Special care should be taken that the horse does not take off too
+soon; and if, from any unevenness of the rider's hands or legs, he
+attempts this, the instructor should be quickly at his head again, and
+compel him to do his work coolly and collectedly. "The standing leap,"
+as this is technically called, is considerably more difficult as regards
+catching the precise moment at which to throw the weight of the body
+back than the "flying leap," because in the standing leap the horse,
+being nearer to the obstacle, pitches himself forward with a much
+rougher action, and does not land so far on the other side of the fence;
+whereas when he canters freely at it, the difference in the shock to the
+rider is as great as that experienced in the pitch of a boat in a short
+chopping sea, and the boat's rise and fall in a long swell, the pace
+also causing the horse to take more freely hold of the rider's hand.</p>
+
+<p>Complete confidence, however, must be established before a lady should
+be asked to ride her horse at a fence out of a walk; and nearly as much
+time should be expended over this new step in the series of lessons as
+were occupied in trotting.</p>
+
+<p>I have not, however, to define the principle upon which, in either
+standing or flying leap, security of seat must be sought. Some say that
+in leaping it is by muscular grasp only that a lady can retain her true
+equilibrium in the saddle; others adhere to the notion that it is all
+done by balance. Now the truth lies midway between these two theories.
+It is quite possible for a man to ride over a fence by balance only.
+Witness what one sees frequently in a circus, where some talented
+equestrian maintains his footing on a bare-backed steed, while the
+latter jumps a succession of bars. Here there is nothing to keep the
+rider on the horse but sheer balance; and, of course, if this can be
+done by one man standing up, it can be much more easily done by another
+sitting down in the saddle, although very few men ride across country in
+such form, nor indeed is it either safe or desirable to do so. The
+thing, nevertheless, is quite easy. It is not so easy with a lady,
+because her position on the saddle is altogether an artificial one; and,
+moreover, the weight of the skirt is sufficient to render riding by
+balance alone most difficult. It is by a combination of firm grasp on
+the crutches, <i>seized</i> just before the horse arrives at his fence, and a
+true balancing of the body from the waist upwards, that security of seat
+in jumping is obtained. A most necessary adjunct to the above, however,
+is firmness of the arms, because, if the latter are allowed to fly out
+from the sides, the whole figure becomes, as it were, disconnected, and
+the proper <i>aplomb</i> is lost. By taking a firm hold of the upper crutch
+of the saddle with the right leg, the rider is enabled to balance her
+body as the horse rises, while the pressure of the left leg against the
+third crutch prevents the concussion of his landing from throwing her
+forward, provided always she throws back her weight at precisely the
+right moment. This requires practice, and well-timed assistance from the
+instructor, thus:</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the pupil acquires sufficient confidence to ride her horse
+fairly up to the fence, and keep his head straight to it, the master
+should stand far enough from her to obtain a good view of the whole
+contour of figure of horse and rider. He should place the hands of the
+latter <i>well</i> apart, cause her to shut her fingers firmly on the reins,
+which give firmness to the body; keep her hands well down and her figure
+well drawn up, ready on the instant to throw the weight back. He should
+then caution her to execute the last-named movement on his giving the
+<i>single sharp word</i> "Now." The pupil should then press her horse well up
+against her hand, and keep his head steady and straight to the bar. The
+instant he rises the instructor should give his word sharply, and the
+rider will then catch the true time at which to act upon it. This
+requires only close attention and watching by instructor and pupil, both
+being "vif" and thoroughly on the alert. After a few efforts the lady is
+then sure to find out the time without any word. I have taught a great
+many very young ladies as well as gentlemen to ride over a fence by the
+aid of the word given in the above form, and have found it always of the
+greatest assistance both to myself and pupils. Special attention is
+necessary to keeping the hands well down and well apart, and the
+shoulders quite square, because there is a natural tendency on the part
+of most ladies in the first leaping lessons to throw the right shoulder
+forward, which not only destroys her balance but causes her to pull the
+horse's head to the near side. The hands cannot be kept too quiet at
+first, for any effort to give and take to the action of the horse is
+nearly certain to result in the pupil checking him at the very moment he
+springs forward, and pulling him upon his fence.</p>
+
+<p>A well-broken horse, when put up to his bridle, will take a good hold of
+the rider's hand, and if sufficient length of rein is given him will
+clear the bar without the necessity of the rider moving her hands a
+hair's breadth. Subsequently, when she has had sufficient practice to
+feel quite at home, she can be taught how to assist him when he does a
+long striding leap over water or a strong double fence with ditches on
+both sides.</p>
+
+<p>After the standing leap is executed neatly, and in good form by rider
+and horse, the flying leap should at once be practised.</p>
+
+<p>The pupil should put her horse into a steady canter, going to the left
+round the school; and for this purpose the hurdle or bar should for the
+time be removed, so as to enable the lady to get her horse into a good
+free stride. When the instructor sees that she has her horse in proper
+form, the hurdle should be put up again and well sloped, because, even
+so, the horse will jump considerably higher in all probability than the
+rider expects.</p>
+
+<p>This is the moment at which the master requires to be thoroughly on the
+alert. He should caution the lady not to let her horse <i>hurry</i> when he
+turns the corner and sees the hurdle, which many horses are very apt to
+do. "Hands down," "Sit back," "Press him against your hand," and the
+"Now!" at the right moment should be the concise words, given in a tone
+at once lively and encouraging. The result will be a clean, clever jump,
+well done by horse and rider, when the former should be "made much of."</p>
+
+<p>A couple or three leaps so executed are quite enough in a school,
+because nothing so worries most horses as to keep them continually
+jumping at the same place, and if the leap is too often repeated, they
+are apt to sulk or blunder at it.</p>
+
+<p>Within the walls of a good riding house almost every kind of obstacle
+can be represented which can be met with out of doors. The double, the
+artificial brook or painted wall, all give the pupil sufficient insight
+into the form in which a well-taught horse will negotiate any of the
+fences to be met with in the hunting field; and the lady should be
+carefully taught how to <i>stop</i> and <i>steady</i> her horse at a crooked or
+cramped place.</p>
+
+<p>When once the leaping lessons are commenced, one should be given every
+day, either before or after the riding out. If the ride is intended to
+be a long one, the jumping should be done while the horse is fresh, and
+has all his powers in hand.</p>
+
+<p>When the pupil can do the standing and flying leap, the in and out or
+double in good form, riding on the snaffle, she should again return to
+her double bridle, which should be fitted with a curb chain with broad
+links; and the whole of it should be well padded and covered with soft
+leather, to prevent any jar upon the horse's mouth in jumping. The reins
+should be separated and placed as for galloping, the greatest care being
+taken by the instructor that the curb is no tighter than just to keep
+it in place, for which a good lip strap should be used, and the curb
+chain fitted so as to admit the play of quite two fingers between it and
+the horse's jaw. In placing the reins, the master should see that the
+greater <i>appui</i> is on the snaffle, and that after the pupil closes her
+hands upon the reins she does not shift her hold of them in the
+slightest degree. Having now four reins instead of two as formerly,
+there will be a tendency to "fidget" with them, or obtain a better hold.
+This must instantly be corrected if it occurs, otherwise ten to one but
+the lady gets the curb rein too short, and pulls her horse on his fence.
+At the same time there should be no slack curb rein hanging down, but it
+should be of such length that, on landing, the horse can just feel the
+action of the curb, and the reason for this is obvious. In school all
+leaping may be accomplished on the snaffle; but in the hunting field it
+is far otherwise. In deep ground a horse requires holding together, and
+no lady could do this with a snaffle bridle. And, again, in a long run,
+when a horse has been severely called on, he may make a blunder on
+landing from a drop in a bit of boggy ground, in which case the curb
+rein is necessary in aid of the snaffle. As, therefore, it is in the
+school that the pupil should be prepared for every outdoor eventuality,
+riding over her fences with both curb and snaffle must be practised;
+and, finally, over a small jump she must be taught to ride with the curb
+alone.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Leaping Lesson</span> (<i>continued</i>).</h3>
+
+
+<p>It may fairly be accepted as a general rule, that a horse should not be
+ridden over a fence upon the curb alone. The rule, however, has its
+exceptions. One of these is the possible case of a lady being placed in
+such a predicament that she has no alternative in the presence of
+imminent danger but that of leaping her horse to avoid it, and in such
+case it may be (and, indeed, in my own experience has occurred) when the
+lady was riding her horse with a single curb bridle. If the fair
+equestrian so placed lacks the necessary nerve, dexterity of hand, and
+firmness of seat, she must come to certain grief. It is therefore highly
+desirable that, although on ordinary occasions she should use both
+snaffle and curb in leaping, she should also be thoroughly <i>au fait</i> at
+doing it, if the necessity arises, upon a "hard and sharp," or single
+"Hanoverian."</p>
+
+<p>Again, leaping on the curb rein only teaches the pupil the full value of
+every particle of her balance and muscular grasp on the saddle, while it
+also shows her that, although as a rule a horse requires to be kept well
+together, there are exceptional instances in which it is necessary to
+yield the hands freely to him. The above-named is one of these cases.
+The leaping lessons, however, which lead up to the point of proficiency
+at which the pupil should be permitted to attempt so critical and
+difficult a piece of riding must be carefully and inductively given.</p>
+
+<p>Assuming that the fair tyro rides her horse boldly and confidently over
+the ordinary fences used in a school, and can execute an "in and out"
+jump without derangement of seat or hand, the effort of the master
+should next be directed towards teaching his pupil how to cause her
+horse to extend himself over a jump where there is considerable width as
+well as height. I must repeat that, for this purpose, a horse should be
+used that is thoroughly up to his business&mdash;one that will stride freely
+away and <i>gallop</i> at his fence. The best practice to begin with, in what
+I may perhaps call "fast jumping" for a lady, is at an artificial brook.</p>
+
+<p>This is easy enough to arrange in a riding school. It requires only a
+sheet of canvas, painted the colour of water, of such dimensions that
+the people in the school can increase or diminish its width at pleasure.
+This canvas should be long enough to extend from one side of the school
+to the other, which can be managed by fastening the canvas to a couple
+of light rollers. On the taking-off side of this artificial brook there
+should be some low wattles, gorse bound, or otherwise; and these also
+should extend quite across the school. There is then no chance of a
+well-broken horse refusing.</p>
+
+<p>Before the canvas arrangement is stretched across the riding-house, the
+pupil should be instructed to set her horse going at a free striding
+canter&mdash;as fast as is compatible with safety in turning the corners,
+which should be well cut off in this case, the pupil riding a
+half-circle at both ends of the school. After two or three turns round
+the house at this pace, in order to get the horse well into his stride,
+the assistants should arrange the jump while the instructor prepares his
+pupil for it. And now let me endeavour to explain the difference in the
+position and action of the hands of the rider necessary for a long jump
+as compared with that requisite in a short one. In the latter, safety
+consists in a horse jumping well together or collectedly, because in a
+cramped or crooked place speed is almost certain trouble. Where, on the
+contrary, there is a broad sheet of water to be got over, "plenty of
+way" on the horse&mdash;sufficient speed to give great momentum to his
+effort, is indispensable. In the short leap or crooked place, then, the
+horse should be made to jump throughout right into his bridle; and for
+this purpose the position and steadiness of hand described in the last
+article, accompanied by such pressure of the leg as will keep him up to
+it, is the true mode of "doing such places."</p>
+
+<p>But to clear a wide jump, it should be remembered that the horse must
+not only go a good pace on it, but he must be allowed to extend his head
+and neck the instant he takes off. If this is neglected, the fair
+equestrian, in attempting a water jump, will inevitably find herself in
+the brook.</p>
+
+<p>Now, a man in riding at water has this great advantage over a lady in
+the same case, that, having equal power with both legs, he can force his
+horse up to any length of rein, no matter how long, in reason, and
+compel him to face it, thus enabling the rider to hold him through every
+inch of his jump, while he gives him plenty of scope to extend himself.
+For a lady to do this is impossible. Too much pressure of the left leg
+or repeated use of the spur, even if counteracted on the off side with
+the whip, would cause the horse to throw his haunches to one side, and
+he would not jump straight. Steadiness of seat, hand, and leg are
+therefore indispensable to the lady. The horse ought to be well
+practised at the particular jump before she is allowed to attempt it,
+and therefore should require no rousing or urging, to get plenty of way
+on, for his effort. But before the pupil faces her horse towards the
+brook, she should be emphatically but quietly enjoined by the instructor
+to respond to his word "now" as follows: Let it be understood that her
+elbows should be drawn back until they are three inches or thereabouts
+behind her waist, the hands about the same distance below the elbows,
+the former about six inches apart, with the fingers closed firmly on the
+reins and turned <i>inwards</i> and <i>upwards</i> until they touch the <i>waist</i>,
+the reins divided, as for galloping, but with the slightest possible
+feeling upon the curb. With her hands in the above-named form she should
+ride her horse to his jump, never moving them until she hears the sharp
+sound of the word "Now!" from the instructor, when at the same instant
+the body, from the waist upwards, should be thrown back and the hands
+shot forward, the elbows following, until they are just level with the
+front of the waist. As the hands go forward, the little fingers should
+be turned downwards and the knuckles upwards; this will bring the middle
+joints of both hands with the nails downwards against the right thigh,
+about four to six inches above (or, as the rider sits, behind) the knee;
+and this turning down of the nails and forward motion of hands and
+elbows will give the horse free scope of his head and neck, while the
+hands coming in contact with the right thigh will still maintain the
+proper <i>appui</i>, and support the horse when he lands in his jump.
+Although the foregoing appears prolix in description, it occupies little
+time to explain <i>vivâ voce</i>; and with the instructor by her side the
+lady may practise the action two or three times while her horse is
+standing still before he faces his jump. The instructor should then quit
+the lady's side and place himself near the brook in such a position that
+he has a fair view of the horse as he takes off. The pupil should turn
+her horse quietly about, and ride to the <i>left</i> into the corner of the
+school, and as soon as the horse's head is square to the jump, and
+himself square to the boards, the master should give the word smartly,
+"Canter." With plenty of vivacity, the pupil should immediately strike
+her horse into a striding pace, keeping her hands well back and hitting
+him smartly once with the spur. An assistant with a whip should also
+crack it slightly behind the horse.</p>
+
+<p>Let the master then closely watch the moment at which the horse's fore
+feet quit the ground, and give his word quickly and sharply, and in nine
+cases out of ten the jump will be a success.</p>
+
+<p>The artificial brook should be arranged about two-thirds of the distance
+down the school, so as to give the horse plenty of space to get into his
+stride before he comes to it, while there will be sufficient room to
+collect him after he lands. If he does it well the first time (and with
+the above described handling he will scarcely fail to do so), and the
+rider performs her part moderately well, the jump should not be
+repeated. If, however, it is necessary again to go through the
+instruction, the horse should not be put at the place back again, but
+the end of the canvas be rolled up and the wattle removed, so as to
+admit of his passing to the longer reach of the school. These lessons
+should be given daily until the pupil executes them with the requisite
+energy and correctness of riding, the instructor taking special care
+never to ask his pupil, however, to do such jumps unless he sees that
+she is quite equal in health and good spirits to the occasion. For
+riding which requires any extra "dash" about it must never be attempted
+by anybody if they are at all out of nerve.</p>
+
+<p>After the pupil does the brook well, it may be replaced by a double set
+of gorsed hurdles, placed just so far apart as to necessitate their
+being done at a single jump. In this case, however, the pupil, while
+giving her horse by the action of her hands sufficient scope to allow
+him to jump a considerable distance, should not be allowed to ride so
+fast at the obstacle, about half the speed necessary to do water being
+quite sufficient; and the off-side hurdles should be so placed that if
+the horse strikes them they will give way.</p>
+
+<p>As a rule ladies do not perform, even in Leicestershire, over big double
+fences, or very strong oxers, and the <i>indication</i> of what is required
+to do them should be sufficient for riding school practice.</p>
+
+<p>As I have elsewhere observed, a horse will jump higher and further when
+going with hounds than you can with safety ask him to do when in cool
+blood, or when only roused to extraordinary effort by the use of the
+spur or whip. And no man in his senses in the hunting field would ever
+think of piloting a lady to a place which he would only ride at himself
+at a pinch. Such jumps, therefore, as I have endeavoured to describe
+within doors should represent the biggest which most ladies are likely
+to encounter with in a fair hunting country. As regards riding over a
+fence, with the curb rein unrelieved by the snaffle, the practice should
+be as follows:</p>
+
+<p>A hurdle should be well sloped, so as to render the leap a very moderate
+one. The rider should quit her hold of the reins, which should be
+knotted and fastened by a thong to the mane. A leading rein should then
+be attached to the ring of the snaffle, and the horse led quietly up to
+the fence, and halted. The pupil should then draw her hands back until
+they are in the same position as she would place them in putting her
+horse at his jump, with the hands closed firmly, which will give
+steadiness to the body. She must take a determined hold of the upper
+pommel with her right knee, and be ready with the figure perfectly
+poised to throw her weight back at the proper moment; placing her left
+thigh also firmly against the third crutch, her foot well home in the
+stirrup and well forward, the shoulders perfectly square, and the waist
+quite pliant. An assistant should then crack a whip smartly in rear of
+the horse, without hitting him; this will cause him to spring lightly
+over the hurdle. If the position of the pupil before the horse takes off
+is carefully looked to, there will be little derangement of seat.</p>
+
+<p>This lesson should be repeated until it is executed with precision. At
+the same time, two or three jumps of this sort are quite sufficient in
+one day, because, if repeated too often, the horse, missing the support
+of the hand, is apt to blunder. When the lady can ride over her fence in
+the above-named form, she should take up and arrange her reins, so that,
+while that of the snaffle is not in the horse's way, she feels him on
+the curb only. She should give him fair length of rein, draw her left
+hand back to her waist, and place the right hand lightly on the left,
+just in front of the knuckles; but the reins should be held military
+fashion&mdash;the little finger between them, the leather over the middle
+joint of the forefinger, the thumb closed firmly on it, the little
+finger well turned up towards the waist. The horse must be ridden at a
+smart walk, well up against the curb, until he is close enough to the
+hurdle to jump. The whip must again be used, and the instructor's word
+again sharply given, when the pupil should yield both hands freely,
+turning the little fingers downwards, and slipping the elbows forward.
+Great firmness and steadiness of seat are necessary to do this lesson
+well, and considerable practice is necessary to insure complete unity of
+action in the body and hands, the former being yielded quickly as the
+latter is actively thrown back. To assist the pupil in her first
+attempts at this portion of the leaping lesson, the curb chain should be
+slackened as much as possible, and it should be one that is broad and
+well padded.</p>
+
+<p>As the lady acquires the requisite lightness of manipulation and
+additional firmness in the saddle, the curb (link by link) may be
+tightened until it is in its proper place, namely, so that it admits of
+the play of one finger only between it and the jaw of the horse. But the
+greatest care on the part of the instructor is necessary in watching how
+both horse and rider behave before this can be accomplished.</p>
+
+<p>The lesson is called technically "jumping from the hand," and once
+thoroughly acquired, the pupil has little to learn, as regards indoor
+work, in the way of riding over her fences. She may in that respect be
+considered fit to take her place any time at the covert side, and hold
+her own, under proper pilotage, with hounds, where of course she will
+use snaffle and curb reins equally, or according to the temper and
+breaking of her mount.</p>
+
+<p>During the leaping lessons, and in fact throughout the whole course of
+equitation up to this point, the pupil should be put upon as many
+different horses as possible consistent with her progress, care always
+being taken that she is thoroughly master of one before she is put upon
+another. The action of horses varies so much in degree, no matter how
+much from similarity of breed and form it may assimilate in kind, that
+to attain anything like proficiency the rider's mount requires frequent
+changing; otherwise, when put upon a strange horse, she would find
+herself sorely at a loss.</p>
+
+<p>With the exception of one practice, which in some degree resembles the
+leaping lesson, we may now safely dismiss our fair pupil from technical
+indoor instruction, except in the way of an occasional refresher,
+whenever those about her discover any inclination to lapse into a
+careless form of riding. This both men and women are so apt to do
+(imperceptibly to themselves), that an occasional sharp drilling does no
+harm to the most practised rider of either sex.</p>
+
+<p>The final instruction to be given in the school is called the "Plunging
+Lesson," and maybe briefly described as follows, premising that although
+it is the bounden duty of every man who has anything to do with a lady's
+riding to avoid by every means allowing her to be put on a restive
+horse, yet it is always possible that, from some unavoidable cause, a
+lady (especially in the colonies) may some day find herself on a
+bad-mannered animal that will "set to" with her. In order, therefore,
+that in such an undesirable case she may not be at a loss, it is well
+that when thoroughly practised in leaping, she should be put upon a
+horse that will kick smartly whenever he is called upon by the master.
+Such a horse is useful for the above purpose, and is generally to be
+found in most riding establishments. The trick is easily enough taught,
+and requires no description. Neither is it at all incompatible with
+general good manners.</p>
+
+<p>The first thing, then, as regards the pupil, is to impress upon her that
+whenever a horse "sets to" kicking with her, that her tactics should
+consist first in keeping his head up, and, secondly, in finding him
+something else to do than kick.</p>
+
+<p>A horse cannot have his head and his tail up at the same time,
+therefore, when he kicks, his first effort is to get his head down. This
+should be immediately counteracted by the rider sitting well back,
+keeping her hands up as high as her elbows, feeling the horse firmly on
+the curb reins as well as the snaffle held in one hand, while she
+applies the whip vigorously across his neck. This will have the effect
+of causing him to keep his head up and go to the front. The same firm
+treatment will be successful in most cases where a horse attempts to
+plunge. But in the latter case the hand must be yielded if there is any
+attempt to rear, and if the last-named dangerous vice is carried to any
+length, the rider should not hesitate to take fast hold of the mane, or
+put her hand in front of the horse's neck. Both rearing or plunging,
+however, may be effectually prevented by the use of the circular bit and
+martingale, described under the heading "Rearing Horses and Runaway
+Dogs" in the <i>Field</i> of Nov. 11, 1871. In my humble opinion, every lady
+going to India and the colonies should have one or two such bits among
+her outfit of saddlery, and if properly fitted in the horse's mouth, all
+risk of rearing or even violent flirting is done away with. Such tackle,
+however, does not prevent a horse from <i>kicking</i>, and although no lady
+should ever attempt to ride one that is possessed habitually of this
+vice, a sudden accession of kicking may arise in an otherwise
+good-meaning horse from some ill-fitting of the saddle, or similar
+casualty, causing tender back or otherwise upsetting him. Of course, no
+punishment should be resorted to in these cases; but it is as well for a
+lady to be able to keep her seat in such an emergency, and this she will
+easily do if she keeps the horse's head up, and her leg well pressed
+against the third crutch.</p>
+
+<p>On Brighton Downs, some years ago, I saw a young lady thoroughly master
+a kicking horse in the manner above described, accompanied, however,
+with a considerable amount of punishment, most resolutely applied with a
+formidable whalebone whip. No second glance was necessary to perceive
+that in this case the lady was well aware of the horse's propensity, and
+had come out for the purpose of thoroughly taking it out of him, which
+certainly she did effectually, and as he was a vicious-looking weedy
+thoroughbred, "it served him right."</p>
+
+<p>But I must again enter my protest against ladies running such risks,
+however accomplished they may be as horsewomen. Let them accept the
+respectful advice of a veteran, and avoid vicious horses. Brutes that
+run back, plunge, rear, or kick from sheer vice (and there are many that
+do) are fit only for the riding of the rougher sex, and only of such of
+them as have the ill fortune to be compelled to get their living by
+riding. The so-called plunging lessons above alluded to, however, will
+give a lady a thorough insight into the form in which to ride in case of
+emergency.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XV.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Hunting Field.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>We enter now upon a new and important phase of our pupil's education in
+the saddle. Before doing so, however, I feel bound to observe that from
+time to time a vast amount of "twaddle" is ventilated on the question of
+the propriety of ladies riding with hounds. All sorts of absurd
+objections have been brought forward against the practice; as, for
+instance, that hunting as regards ladies is a mere excuse for display
+and flirtation, and that it is both unfeminine and dangerous. I believe
+that these objections, made by people who never knew the glorious
+exhilaration of hunting, may be very briefly disposed of. I reside where
+the very cream of the midland hunting is carried on, and I perceive that
+year after year the number of ladies of high rank and social position
+who grace the field with their presence is on the increase; while to the
+best of my belief no female equestrians <i>who are not ladies</i> have been
+seen with hounds in Leicestershire or its vicinity for some years. So
+much for the stamp of woman that hunts nowadays.</p>
+
+<p>As regards flirtation and display, I am at a loss to understand why
+anti-foxhunting cynics should have selected the covert side, or the road
+to it, for their diatribes; for there <i>can</i> be no time for flirting when
+hounds are once away. It must be manifest to every man who has the most
+remote notion of what manner of people our aristocracy and gentry are,
+that they will only know at the covert side precisely the same stamp of
+person they meet elsewhere in society. In that society there are dinner
+parties, flower shows, balls, the opera, all affording equal or better
+opportunities for flirtation than the hunting field. As to hunting being
+unfeminine, it is difficult, I submit, to pronounce it any more so than
+riding in Rotten-row. And finally, as regards danger, I propose to show
+how it can be rendered all but impossible if due care and forethought
+are exercised by the male friends or relatives of the hunting lady. Let
+us now, therefore, having traced out the course of instruction in the
+riding school, on the road, and in the park, consider how safety is best
+ensured to the beginner.</p>
+
+<p>As regards the stamp of horse the fair <i>débutante</i> of the chase should
+ride, I have already endeavoured to give my idea. I have only to add
+that he should be very fit for his work, the pink of condition, without
+being above himself; and, finally, that no temptation as to fine action
+or clever fencing should ever induce a lady to ride a hunter that has a
+particle of vice about him. With the best of piloting it is impossible
+always to keep her out of a crowd, where she is in a woeful dilemma if
+mounted on a horse that kicks at others. I have seen this more than
+once, and have heard expressions from the suffering riders that must
+have been far from pleasing to refined feminine ears. I must, however,
+record a special instance of politeness under difficulties which I
+witnessed during the past season. Hounds were running with a breast-high
+scent, the pace very fast, when the leading division had their extended
+front diminished to single file by a big bullfincher, practicable only
+in one place. Among those waiting their turn to jump was a lady who
+always rides very forward. She was mounted on a rare-shaped, blood-like
+animal, that looked all over like seeing the end of a long day, but
+exhibited considerable impatience at the check. In some cases, as all
+hunting people know, the difficulty is always increased to those who are
+compelled to wait by a ruck of riders crowding up from the rear. The
+case I allude to was no exception to this rule, and among others came a
+welter middle-aged gentleman, riding a horse quite up to his weight&mdash;a
+grand hunting looking animal, that appeared intent upon clearing every
+obstacle in his path, not excepting the impatient ones who were doing
+the gap in Indian file. The veteran, however, who was a capital
+horseman, managed to pull up his too-eager steed just in rear of the
+lady's horse, and was forthwith accommodated with a most vicious kick
+with his near hind leg. Fortunately, the distance was too great to
+admit of the stout gentleman receiving the full benefit of the intended
+favour, which nevertheless made his boot-top rattle, and materially
+altered the genial expression of his rubicund visage. Turning gracefully
+in her saddle, the fair votary of the chase expressed her deep regret at
+the bad behaviour of her horse. "I am very sorry&mdash;awfully sorry; I hope
+you are not hurt," she said, in a tone which ought to have consoled any
+middle-aged sportsman for a broken shin. "I never knew him to do it
+before," continued the lady. "Pray don't say a word, Miss," replied the
+old gentleman, taking off his hat with a genuine thoroughbred air;
+"don't say a word; they are only dangerous when they do it behind."
+Whether they do it "behind" or "before," kick in a crowd at other
+horses, or hit at hounds with their fore feet (as some thoroughbreds
+will do when excited), they are equally disqualified for ladies'
+hunters, however gaily they may sail over the turf or clear the
+obstacles in their way.</p>
+
+<p>To proceed with our lessons. Before venturing to take our aspirant for
+the honours of the chase to a regular meet of foxhounds&mdash;where she is
+apt to become excited, and possibly unnerved by the imposing array of
+"pink," gallant horsemen, and aristocratic ladies riding steeds of
+fabulous price, dashing equipages, and thrusting foot people, always
+ready to embarrass a beginner&mdash;it is best to seek out a quiet line
+nearly all arable land, where the fences will be small, where there are
+few ditches to be met with, and where the going on the stubble or fallow
+will be good enough when the crops are off the ground. The pupil should
+wear a "hunting skirt" properly so called&mdash;that is, one not too
+redundant, made of strong cloth, and booted with leather about eight or
+ten inches wide round the bottom. This is a very necessary precaution,
+because it prevents the skirt from hanging up in the fences and getting
+torn. Hunting boots also should be worn, back-strapped, tongued in at
+the foot, and reaching nearly to the knee, the upper part made of thick
+but very flexible leather&mdash;buckskin is the best. It is soft, and at the
+same time thick enough to save the leg from a blow from a strong binder,
+which occasionally hits very hard in its rebound, having been previously
+bent forward by somebody who has just jumped the fence.</p>
+
+<p>A "Latchford" spur of the sort before described is also requisite, and
+the question of the arrangement of skirt necessary to enable the rider
+to use the spur effectively has caused considerable diversity of opinion
+among <i>cognoscenti</i> on hunting matters. Some ladies have an opening made
+in the skirt, through which the shank of the spur passes; and in order
+to keep the latter in its place, it is usual to have a couple of strings
+strongly stitched on to the inside of the skirt. These are tied round
+the ankle, and prevent the skirt to a great extent from getting foul of
+the spur. But this method decidedly involves a certain amount of risk,
+because, in case of the horse making a blunder and falling, the lady has
+not the free use of her leg. Again, there is a method of letting the
+spur shank through a small opening similar to a large eyelet hole, made
+of strong elastic, and let into the skirt, the point of insertion having
+been previously measured when the rider is in the saddle and her left
+leg and foot are properly placed as regards the third crutch and
+stirrup. But a still better way is that which I have seen adopted lately
+by several ladies who go very straight with hounds. It is as follows.
+After the skirt has been carefully measured and <i>marked</i> (the lady up),
+an opening is made perpendicularly, large enough to admit of the lady's
+foot passing through it. This opening should be made about six or eight
+inches above the place where the ankle will touch the skirt, when the
+left leg is fairly stretched down, the knee bent, and the heel sunk.
+When the instructor has assisted his pupil into the saddle, he should
+put her foot in the stirrup, and wait until she has carefully arranged
+her habit; he should then take her foot out again, and the lady should
+lift it high enough to enable her attendant to pass it <i>through the
+opening</i>. The foot can then be replaced in the stirrup, and the spur
+buckled on. The upper leather (by the way) should be broad and slightly
+padded. By these means the left foot and the leg from six to eight
+inches above the ankle will be entirely clear of the skirt, which will
+give the rider perfect freedom of action, while the opening is not
+sufficiently wide to admit of the skirt being blown clear of the leg.
+This, moreover, is prevented by the leather booting; in fact, in a
+well-made hunting skirt there should be no slack cloth for the winds to
+play with at all.</p>
+
+<p>The kind of whip to be used is the crop (without the thong) of a hunting
+whip; a Malacca crop is the best for a lady, because the lightest. It
+should have a good crook to it, well roughened on the outside, and be
+furnished, moreover, with a roughened nail head, in order to prevent the
+crop slipping when the rider attempts to open a gate. Gauntlet gloves
+with strong leather tops are best, because they prevent the possibility
+of the rider's hands being scratched or injured in jumping a ragged
+fence; but if the lady dislikes gauntlets, the sleeve of the jacket
+should be made to fasten with three buttons close to the wrist, because
+the sleeves now so much in fashion, being very wide at the wrist, are
+apt in taking a fence to catch and get torn, in addition to the risk of
+the rider being pulled off her horse. These casualties, which of course
+cannot occur with the clean-made jump taken in the riding school, are
+likely enough to happen in the field, and should be carefully guarded
+against.</p>
+
+<p>As regards the shape and make of the jacket I have already said so much,
+that I must leave it to the taste and figure of the rider, always
+assuming that while she allows herself plenty of freedom of movement,
+she does not wear anything too loose, or any <i>steel</i> supports about her,
+as for hunting these are highly dangerous.</p>
+
+<p>As regards headgear, the same style of thing that sufficed for the
+riding school may not be considered sufficiently effective for the
+hunting field; and, without venturing upon ground so delicate as an
+opinion or even knowledge of ladies' "coiffure," I may say that at
+Melton and other fashionable hunting centres there has for some time
+existed an artful combination between the ladies' hat makers and the
+hairdressers, by means of which that very elegant affair the "Melton
+hat" is deftly fitted with an arrangement of hair behind which is
+immovable, no matter where the wearer jumps in hunting. The
+hairdresser's services are first called into requisition; possibly he
+imparts the "arcana" of his craft to the lady's maid; but one or other
+succeeds in making such an arrangement of the hair as renders it at once
+secure in riding and becoming to the style of the lady herself. The hat
+with the hair attached behind is then placed on the head, and secured by
+an invisible elastic band. Should any of my readers desire information
+on these matters, so important to a lady's comfort in the hunting
+field, I can furnish them with the names of the people in Melton and
+elsewhere who can give them every detail.</p>
+
+<p>Having our pupil accoutred as before described, and taken her to a quiet
+farm, the instructor should pick out a line, start at a walk in front of
+his charge, pop his horse quietly over the fences, and see that his
+pupil does them with equal coolness and without rush or hurry. When she
+can do this well, the pace should be increased to a steady canter; and
+the master riding beside her should be careful that she <i>steadies</i> her
+horse three or four lengths before he takes off, always riding him well
+into the bridle.</p>
+
+<p>This kind of practice should be continued for some days, until the pupil
+is quite at home at her work, and the master should then proceed to
+instruct her as to the mode in which to make her horse "crawl" through
+gaps and crooked, cramped places, and do "on and off" jumps and doubles.
+The animal best adapted for this sort of practice is one that is
+<i>clever</i> rather than <i>fast</i>. An Irish horse, out of a ditch and bank
+country, is preferable. But the instructor should take special care, by
+first doing these "on and off" jumps himself, to ascertain that the
+banks are sound; otherwise there is danger of just the worst kind of
+fall a woman can have. We have lately had a lamentable instance of this
+in the case of a noble lady, one of the most brilliant horsewomen in
+England.</p>
+
+<p>For my own part, I am entirely against a lady jumping her horse in the
+field at any place where there can be the slightest doubt as to good
+foothold, unless she is preceded by a man to pilot her. If the latter
+gets down, he can always (assuming him to be a good workman) get clear
+of his steed, whereas at these rotten places a lady and her horse are
+likely to fall "all of a heap," and injury greater or less is a
+certainty to the rider.</p>
+
+<p>Not long since I saw a little girl, about ten years old, riding with
+hounds on a mite of a pony which was as clever as a monkey. The little
+heroine took a line of her own (no doubt she knew the country well), and
+kept her place among the foremost for some time; presently she
+disappeared, and we found her impounded, pony and all, up to the back of
+the latter in a piece of rotten ground which had let them in like a
+"jack in the box." Neither the pony nor his plucky little rider were
+hurt, but (as they say in Ireland) that was more by good luck than good
+guiding.</p>
+
+<p>I maintain that children at that age should never be left in the hunting
+field to their own devices, however well they may ride, and that, either
+in their case or that of young ladies of riper age, they should never be
+allowed to go with hounds, unless accompanied by a man who is not only a
+thorough horseman and judge of hunting, but is also well acquainted with
+the country he is riding over, and accustomed to pilot ladies.</p>
+
+<p>After the pupil has learned to make her horse "creep" in the manner
+above described&mdash;to insure success in which, however, the closest
+watching is necessary on the part of the instructor, and directions
+requisite in each individual case, utterly impossible in written general
+instructions&mdash;she should be carefully taught to open gates for herself,
+because it is nearly sure hereafter to occur that she may have to ride
+at a pinch in a country place where her route lies through a line of
+bridle gates, and the attendance of a man to open them for her may not
+be available. Nothing is easier than for a lady to open a well-hung and
+well-latched gate, the hinges of which are on the off side. Bridle gates
+occur most frequently in great grazing countries, such as
+Leicestershire, Warwickshire, or Northamptonshire, by reason of the
+necessity of confining cattle within certain limits. The gates are
+generally heavy, well poised on their hinges, and opening either with
+wooden latching or iron spring ones, easily reached at the top.</p>
+
+<p>If the gate is hung on the off side, all the lady has to do is to ride
+her horse with his head in an oblique direction between the gatepost and
+the gate, so that when she has the latter open she can continue moving
+on in the same slanting direction. She should first press the end of her
+crop down upon the latch, if it is a wooden one, keeping herself
+perfectly upright in the saddle, and steadily seated in it. Directly the
+latch lifts she should press firmly against it with the rough crook,
+push the gate open, and press her horse onwards in the same oblique
+direction, by which the animal's croup clears the gate sooner, and all
+risk of its closing on him is avoided. If there is a long iron spring
+latch to the gate, it must first be pulled open with the crop, so that
+the latch rests against the hasp, and a steady purchase must then be
+taken against the upper bar with the crop, and the gate thus quietly
+pushed forward: this if it opens <i>from</i> the rider. If the reverse, the
+horse's head should be kept perfectly square close to the gate post,
+until the latch is lifted and rested on the hasp. The gate should then
+be <i>pulled</i> open, and the horse's head inclined just the reverse way to
+that adopted when the gate opens <i>from</i> the rider. But in no case should
+she <i>lean</i> forward, or put herself out of her balance, in order to get
+hold of the latch or the gate itself, and she should be particularly
+careful that the reins do not catch against the long iron hasps so
+common to the gates I speak of.</p>
+
+<p>Only last year, I met a lady who rides a good deal unattended, and,
+seeing her about to open a gate I knew to be rather an awkward one, I
+trotted on to assist her; but (possibly desiring to show me that she
+could do it unassisted) she leant forward to give the gate <i>a lift</i>, and
+in doing so she dropped the reins upon her horse's neck, when the animal
+immediately hooked the headstall of a single curb bridle upon a long
+iron hasp, and, finding himself fast to it, drew back suddenly and broke
+the headstall, the bit fell out of his mouth, and the lady (utterly
+helpless) had no alternative but to slip off as quickly as possible.
+Fortunately, the animal was a very quiet one, or the consequences might
+have been serious; as it was, we managed to change bridles, and, having
+spliced the broken one, went on our separate ways. But, I repeat, one
+cannot be too careful or methodical in opening gates. When one opens
+from the <i>near</i> side, the reins must be passed into the right hand, the
+crop into the left, and the greatest care taken, if the gate opens <i>to</i>
+the rider, to <i>push it</i> well back behind the horse's quarters before she
+moves on, riding with her horse's head <i>towards the hinges</i>. When a
+near-side hung gate opens <i>from</i> the rider, there is less difficulty, it
+being only necessary after lifting the latch to push against the gate
+with the crop, sitting quite upright, and giving swing enough to the
+gate to enable the rider to get clear of it. But in either case, to or
+from, with a gate hung on the near side the latch should first be
+lifted, by using the crop in the <i>right hand</i>, resting the latch if
+possible against the hasp, and then changing hands with the crop and
+reins as before mentioned. If this is not done, and the rider attempts
+to lift the latch with her left hand, she must change the direction of
+her horse's head when the gate is open, at the great risk of bringing it
+on his quarters.</p>
+
+<p>These directions, like others I have ventured upon, may appear too
+minute; but it should be remembered that, whereas, carefully followed
+out, a lady on a steady horse accustomed to gates can open them with
+safety, any carelessness may result in a bad accident, because the
+steadiest horse, if "hung up" in a gate, will become furious if he
+cannot instantly get clear of it. When, therefore, the pupil is well
+practiced at this sort of work, and has learned to feel her way in
+cramped places as well as to do her fences at a steady canter, a fair
+half-speed gallop may be ventured on, the pupil setting her horse going,
+and pressing him if necessary with the spur, to take his fences in his
+stride, the spur being used, however, some distance from the fence. The
+master should ride beside his pupil in this lesson, carefully watching
+the pace of the horse and the action of the rider. A nice easy line of
+about a couple of miles should be taken, and the pace maintained
+throughout. A month of this kind of practice will form a capital
+introductory step to hunting: and when, in the mild misty mornings of
+russet-brown October, foxhounds begin to beat up the quarters of the
+vulpine juveniles, abjuring her "beauty sleep," the lady may with
+advantage, before the "early village cock proclaims the dawn," don her
+hunting habiliments, and, under the careful tutelage of her "pilot,"
+trot off to covert and see the "beauties" knock the cubs about.</p>
+
+<p>This is by far the best way to begin hunting in reality. There are very
+few people about at that early hour, and those only who are thorough
+enthusiasts about the sport; consequently there is more time for the new
+votary of Diana to get accustomed to the alteration in her horse's form
+of demeaning himself. For be it known to the uninitiated that even an
+old horse, that requires kicking and hammering along a road when ridden
+alone, is quite a different animal and mover the instant he sees the
+hounds, and will show an amount of vivacity perhaps very little expected
+by his rider; while a well-bred young one requires a great deal of
+riding on such occasions.</p>
+
+<p>The short bursts sometimes obtained in "cub hunting" are capital
+practice for a lady; while occasionally a veteran fox, some wily old
+purloiner of poultry, affords a good twenty or five-and-twenty minutes,
+even when the fences are blind. I recommend our pilot, however, to keep
+his charge out of these latter matters, for blind jumping is always bad
+for a lady.</p>
+
+<p>As regards taking a beginner out with harriers, I am against it. It is
+very well for invalids or corpulent gentlemen who are "doing a
+constitutional;" but it teaches a young lady nothing of what is really
+meant by hunting&mdash;which, however, she is in a first-rate position to
+learn with the cubs.</p>
+
+<p>Staghunting with a deer turned out from a cart and caught with a
+whipthong, is equally inefficacious, because the hunting as a rule only
+commences when the run is over. Moreover, there is always a crowd of
+people who come out for riding only, and care nothing about hunting, and
+these are the most likely to get into a lady's way, and bring her to
+grief.</p>
+
+<p>The same may be said of drag hunting, which I hold to be no place for a
+lady, any more than steeplechasing.</p>
+
+<p>Let us then, legitimately to inaugurate our pupil into the usages and
+forms of hunting proper, stick to cub hunting until November opens the
+fences and gives her a chance to prove the value of her previous
+instruction.</p>
+
+<p>Before closing this article, I cannot refrain from citing an instance of
+the great value of a lady learning to cross the country well,
+irrespective of the sport of foxhunting and its health-giving and
+exhilarating effects. Within ten miles of where I write this resides a
+lady, young, wealthy, and beautiful, who, although not a religious
+<i>recluse</i>, is as thorough and sincere a devotee of religion as any
+cloistered nun. Her whole time is spent in acts of charity, and
+ministering to the spiritual and bodily welfare of the poor for miles
+round her residence. No weather is too inclement, no night too dark, to
+stop her on her errands of mercy and charity. If summoned even at the
+dead of night to attend the bedside of a sick or dying person, as
+frequently happens, she will dress herself quickly in rough habiliments
+suitable to it&mdash;maybe in tempestuous weather&mdash;saddle and bridle a horse
+herself if her people are not quick enough for her, and, provided with
+cordials, a prayer book, and a long hunting crop, she will gallop off
+the nearest way to her destination, taking the fences, if they lie in
+the road, as they come; and one bright moonlight night I saw her do two
+or three places that would stop half the men that ride to hounds
+hereabouts. This lady, who may fairly and without exaggeration be called
+the "ministering angel" of the district, does not, it is true, hunt now;
+but it was in riding to hounds that she acquired her wonderful facility
+of getting over the country.</p>
+
+<p>The above is no sensational story. The lady, her brilliant riding, her
+true religion, and her charities, are well known, and can be vouched for
+by hundreds of people in this part of the world. Who shall say after
+this that hunting is unfeminine?</p>
+
+<p>I have a word more to add, according to promise, as regards the fitting
+of the circular bit.</p>
+
+<p>This bit, which can always be procured at Messrs. Davis's, saddler, 14,
+Strand, is fitted in the horse's mouth above the mouthpiece of a snaffle
+or Pelham bridle. It has a separate headstall, and is put on before the
+ordinary bridle. It requires no reins, is secured by a standing
+martingale to a breastplate, and is a certain remedy for horses flirting
+or rearing when too <i>fresh</i> (which, however, I repeat, for a lady's
+riding should never be allowed).</p>
+
+<p>The strap between the breastplate and the ring bit should be just long
+enough to enable the horse to move freely forward, without liberty
+enough to admit of his rearing.</p>
+
+<p>In the next chapter I will endeavour to describe what regular hunting
+for a lady means; point out the readiest way of getting to our most
+fashionable packs of hounds; and how ladies residing even in the
+metropolis may enjoy a day or two of good sport on this fine grass
+country at the least necessary expense, may witness and enjoy hunting in
+its perfection, and, if requisite, may breakfast in Mayfair or
+Belgravia, have a glorious gallop over the Midland pastures, and return
+to a late dinner. Of course I am aware that neither of the above-named
+localities is likely to hold many hunting ladies in November. But the
+fashionable quarters of London are not deserted in February, and spring
+hunting is perhaps after all the most enjoyable.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Hunting Field</span> (<i>continued</i>).</h3>
+
+
+<p>Among the many advantages afforded by the "iron road" to lovers of
+hunting there is none more appreciable than the facility it affords to
+those who reside in a non-foxhunting country of getting to hounds with
+ease and rapidity.</p>
+
+<p>Without any greater inconvenience than the necessity of early rising, a
+lady who lives in Tyburnia or Belgravia may easily enjoy a day's hunting
+in Warwickshire or Leicestershire, and be in her own home again in
+reasonable time in the evening.</p>
+
+<p>During the early spring hunting of the present year, several ladies came
+to Market Harborough and Melton on these sporting expeditions, and
+returned the same day thoroughly satisfied.</p>
+
+<p>One party, consisting of three ladies and as many gentlemen, seemed to
+me to have been admirably organised, and to be quite a success
+throughout.</p>
+
+<p>They left Saint Pancras at eight o'clock in the morning, in a saloon
+carriage, arrived at Melton at half-past ten, and were at the meet at
+eleven, with military punctuality. They enjoyed a capital day with the
+Quorn hounds, left Melton at half-past six, after riding a considerable
+distance back, and arrived in town at nine o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>A novel and agreeable feature in the arrangement was that the party
+dined in their luxurious carriage while being whirled back to the
+metropolis, a first-class dinner and the best of wines having been
+furnished from the hotel, and served in admirable form. After the
+journey and the sport one of the ladies (I was told) held a numerously
+attended and fashionable reception at her own house the same evening;
+and with a brougham in waiting at St. Pancras, and a pair of fast
+horses, joined to the wonderful "smartness" (if I may be permitted the
+expression) displayed by the fair and aristocratic votary of Diana in
+the field, I should think the thing quite possible as regarded time.</p>
+
+<p>The above-named party was mounted at Melton by some friends; but, by
+giving fair notice, thoroughly good and well-made hunters can always be
+secured by any of the Midland hunting centres by those who do not care
+to rail their own horses from London. Market Harborough is still more
+accessible than Melton, being but two hours from London, and situated in
+the centre of a splendid grass country, hunted by Mr. Tailby; while a
+smart trot of eight miles would bring the sporting <i>voyageur</i> to
+Kilworth Sticks and the Pytchley, provided the right day was selected.
+Rugby, too, is equally accessible, and boasts a fair hotel, where the
+charges are not more extortionate than they are at Harborough, which is
+saying a good deal. The hunting in the vicinity of Rugby, however, amply
+compensates for a little overdoing in the matter of charges.</p>
+
+<p>It is scarcely possible to go to Rugby the wrong day to get at hounds
+within a reasonable distance, and some of the meets of that admirable
+pack, the North Warwickshire, are frequently at such picturesque and
+convenient trysting places as Bilton Grange&mdash;now celebrated by the
+Tichborne trial, and sworn to as the place where the "Claimant" was not.
+However this may be, a straight-necked and wily gentleman is generally
+to be found at home, either in the plantations of the grand old demesne
+or close by at Bunker's Hill or Cawston Spinney, who is tolerably
+certain to lead the claimants for his brush a merry dance across the
+glorious grass country to Barby, Shuckborough, or Ashby St. Leger. The
+fences, too, in this part of the Midlands are just the thing for a
+lady's hunting, and, while quite big enough in most cases to require a
+little doing, they are by no means so formidable as those in High
+Leicestershire and the Quorn country. The old-fashioned bullfincher is
+rare, and double ox fences equally so, while there is a pretty variety
+of nice stake-and-binders, pleached hedges, and fair-water jumping,
+with an occasional flight of rails, big enough to prove that the fair
+equestrian's hunter can do a bit of timber clean and clever. In fact, I
+know no country I would as soon select for a young lady to commence
+regular hunting in as that in the vicinity of Rugby. Combe Abbey,
+Misterton, and Coton House are all sweetly English, as well as
+thoroughly sporting places of meeting, and the truly enjoyable trot or
+canter over the springy turf, which everywhere abounds by the roadside
+in these localities, and makes the way to covert so pleasant, has more
+than once been pronounced by hunting critics to be more desirable than
+hunting itself in parts of England where the road is all "Macadam," and
+the land plough, copiously furnished with big flint stones, such as one
+sees in Hampshire. <i>Apropos</i> of which charming country there is a
+sporting tale prevalent in this real home of the hunter.</p>
+
+<p>A rich, middle-aged, single gentleman, a thorough enthusiast about
+foxhunting, had a nephew, a very straight-going youngster, who the
+"prophetic soul" of his uncle had decided should one day be <i>the</i> man of
+the country in the hunting field, and second to none over our biggest
+country; and, to enable "Hopeful" to lead the van, the veteran mounted
+him on horses purchased regardless of expense. Furthermore, determined
+that no casualty in the way of breaking his own neck should suddenly
+deprive his favourite nephew of the golden sinews of the chase, the old
+Nimrod made a very proper will, leaving all his large property to his
+fortunate young relative.</p>
+
+<p>Things, indeed, looked rosy enough for our young sportsman. Youth,
+health, wealth, a capital seat, and fine hands upon his horse, any
+quantity of pluck, a thorough knowledge of hunting, and plenty of the
+best horses to carry him&mdash;who could desire more? Alas that it should be
+so! even the brightest sunshine may become overcast&mdash;the fairest
+prospect be marred&mdash;by causes never dreamt of by the keenest and most
+far seeing among us.</p>
+
+<p>At the termination of a capital season in the Midland, our youngster,
+not content to let well alone, and, like that greedy boy Oliver still
+"asking for more," unknown to his worthy uncle, betook himself to the
+New Forest in Hampshire.</p>
+
+<p>"Hopeful" was a sharp fellow enough, and he did not believe that all was
+gold that glittered; but he was under a very decided impression that
+wherever there was a good open stretch of green level turf it was safe
+to set a horse going. Alas! the luckless young sportsman was not aware
+that in the New Forest this is by no means a certainty, and one day,
+when riding to some staghounds, determined to "wipe the eye" of the
+field, he jumped a big place which nobody else seemed to care for, and,
+taking his horse by the head, set him sailing along the nearest way to
+the hounds. A lovely piece of emerald-green turf was before him; he
+clapped his hat firmly on, put down his hands, and, regardless of wild
+cries in his rear, made the pace strong. Suddenly and awfully as the
+Master of Ravenswood vanished from the sight of the distracted Caleb
+Balderstone and was swallowed up in the Kelpie's Flow, so disappeared
+"Hopeful" and his proud steed; both were engulfed in a treacherous bog,
+and, before either horse or man could be extricated, "the pride of the
+Shires" was smothered in mud beneath his horse.</p>
+
+<p>Next season, at a "coffee-housing" by a spinney side, where hounds were
+at work, an old friend of the bereft uncle ventured to condole with him
+on his loss.</p>
+
+<p>"Sad business," he said, shaking his old hunting chum warmly by the
+hand; "sad business that about poor Charlie down in Hampshire!"</p>
+
+<p>"Sad, indeed," replied the veteran uncle, returning the friendly
+squeeze. "Who would have thought my sister's son would have ever done
+such a thing? Staghunting was bad enough," he continued, as the
+irrepressible tear coursed down his furrowed cheek; "staghunting was bad
+enough, but to go at it in Hampshire&mdash;I shall never get over it. As to
+his being smothered, of course that served him perfectly right."</p>
+
+<p>Turning, however, from the above melancholy instance of degeneracy in
+sport to the pleasanter theme of the right locale in which a lady should
+commence foxhunting, I must not forget Leamington, the neighbourhood of
+which beautiful and fashionable watering place affords some capital
+sport to those who delight in "woodland hunting." The woods at
+Princethorpe, Frankton, and the vicinity, hold some stout foxes that
+afford many a nice gallop, while the country is rideable enough for a
+lady if she keeps out of the woods.</p>
+
+<p>Leamington, too, has first-rate accommodation for hunting people. There
+are, indeed, no better hotels to be met with anywhere than the "Regent"
+or the "Clarendon," or more moderate charges for first-class houses;
+while the "Crown" and the "Bath" afford capital quarters for gentlemen,
+and ample provision for doing their horses well.</p>
+
+<p>The charming Spa, moreover, is at an easy distance from Rugby, and by
+railing a horse to the latter place, ready access can be had to hunting
+in the open country, six days in the week.</p>
+
+<p>My advice, then, to young ladies, who desire to witness foxhunting in
+perfection, is to select one of the above-named localities, and to put
+herself at once under the guardianship in the field of a thoroughly good
+pilot who knows the country.</p>
+
+<p>Words of advice to the latter are superfluous. All the men who undertake
+the responsible office of guiding a lady after hounds hereabouts are
+quite at home at their business, and it may be satisfactory to my fair
+readers to know, that, although there are a great number of ladies
+riding regularly with hounds in the North Warwickshire, Pytchley, and
+Atherstone country, no accident attended with injury to a lady rider has
+occurred within my recollection, which extends over a long series of
+years.</p>
+
+<p>The initiation at cub hunting will have given our pupil confidence, and
+accustomed her to the excitement shown more or less by every horse at
+the sight of hounds; and careful attention to the rules of jumping
+before laid down will insure safety if she adheres carefully to her
+pilot's line. It is as well, however, that she should understand wherein
+consists the reason for what her hunting guide does, and what should be
+done and left undone, from the time of arrival at the meet until the
+<i>retour de chasse</i>.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, then, while her mentor will of course see to her
+girths and horse appointments before a start is made to draw a covert,
+the lady should carefully look to her own dress, head gear, &amp;c., and be
+certain that everything is in its place, and shows no signs of giving
+way. But if anything chances to be out of order&mdash;if she has ridden to
+the meet any considerable distance&mdash;it is best to dismount and repair
+damages at once. As a rule, there are always houses available for this,
+and nimble-fingered dames zealous in the service of any lady who desires
+their assistance.</p>
+
+<p>When the fair votary of the chase travels to the meet on wheels, I
+recommend her by all means the use of a warm overcoat, of which the
+Ulster is very convenient, and was very much worn for the above purpose
+last season. In proceeding from the meeting place to the covert a great
+thing is to keep out of the crowd&mdash;no matter how well-behaved a horse
+the rider may be on&mdash;because in a ruck there is always more or less
+danger of her being kicked herself. The most likely position for a good
+start will of course be selected by the pilot; but it should be
+remembered that to be quiet while hounds are at work in covert is a
+fixed law of the hunting code; to avoid heading a fox when he breaks
+away, another vital point; and no exclamation of surprise or wonder
+should be allowed to escape the lips, even if a fox (as I have seen
+happen more than once) should run between the horses' legs. Foxes,
+though it may be assumed that they all possess a large amount of craft
+and cunning, differ as much in nerve and courage as other animals; and
+while one will sometimes dash through a little brigade of mounted
+people, the shout of a small boy on foot may turn him back; and while
+Reynard, again, will frequently rush off close to a lady's horse and
+take no notice of either him or his rider if both remain quiet, the
+waving of a handkerchief, or even the slightest movement of the lady on
+her steed, may cause Sir Pug to alter his mind, and thus a good thing
+may be spoilt. For the foregoing reasons, therefore, to be perfectly
+quiet and remain steady, if near a possible point at which a fox can
+break away, is indispensable. When hounds are settling on his track
+great care should be taken to avoid getting in their road, or in any way
+interfering with them. After they have settled, the object should be to
+<i>go well to the front and keep there</i>&mdash;first, because the greatest
+enjoyment in hunting, viz., seeing the hounds work, is by that means
+attained; and, secondly, whenever there is a check, a lady riding well
+forward gets all the benefit of it for her horse, whereas those who lose
+ground at the start, and have to follow on the line, keep pounding away
+without giving their horses a chance of catching their wind&mdash;a very
+material thing in a quick run.</p>
+
+<p>A check of a few minutes, affording a good horse time, has enabled many
+a one to stay to the end of the longest run, when an equally good animal
+has been "pumped" in the same thing for want of such a respite from his
+exertions.</p>
+
+<p>Again, a great point to be observed is to maintain such a position as
+will enable the rider to turn with the hounds at the right moment;
+resolutely resisting any temptation in order to cut off ground, to turn
+too soon, and risk spoiling sport by crossing their line.</p>
+
+<p>It should be remembered that it is quite as easy to jump the fences when
+one is in the front rank, as it is when sculling along with the rear
+guard, and much safer, because the ground always affords better foothold
+and landing, when it has not been poached up by a number of people
+jumping. This is especially the case after a frost, when the going is at
+all greasy.</p>
+
+<p>Even in cases when hounds slip an entire field, and get the fun all to
+themselves, still those who get away well at first will have all the
+best of the "stern chase."</p>
+
+<p>If, fortunately, our fair tyro is well up when a fox is run into and
+killed, she should carefully avoid getting too close to the hounds when
+they are at their broken-up prey. There are always keen eyes about that
+can discern on these occasions whether a lady has been riding straight
+and well, and there will not be wanting some gallant cavalier to offer
+her the tribute due to her "dash" and good workmanship, in the shape of
+that coveted trophy of the chase, the brush. There may, however, be more
+than one lady up on these occasions (I have seen several after very good
+things), and, as a rule, the brush is most likely to be offered to the
+lady of the highest rank. These trophies, therefore, are scarcely to be
+counted upon as a reward for even the best and straightest riding&mdash;the
+less so as of late years it has been observed that in most cases a very
+stout and straight-necked fox succeeds in eluding his pursuers, and
+"lives to fight another day."</p>
+
+<p>In beginning regular hunting, one good run in a day for a lady should
+suffice for some little time. In November the days are very short, and
+often enough a fox started after three o'clock will be running strong
+when darkness comes on. For a lady, and a beginner especially, it is
+best to leave off and trot quietly home while there is yet daylight.</p>
+
+<p>As regards "get up" or equipment, I must add to my former suggestions
+that a lady for the hunting field should be provided always with a
+waterproof overcoat, which should be rolled up in as small a compass as
+possible, and is better carried by her pilot or her second horseman (if
+she has one out) than attached by straps to the off-side flap of her own
+saddle; as, in addition to spoiling the symmetry of the saddle on that
+side, I have seen instances of things so attached hanging up in ragged
+fences, no matter how carefully they may have been put on.</p>
+
+<p>A sandwich case and flask are highly necessary also. Hunting is a
+wonderful promoter of appetite, and it is not beneficial to a young
+lady's health to go from early breakfast to late dinner time without
+refreshment; while it is quite possible&mdash;nay, very probable in a grass
+country&mdash;that she may be a long way from head-quarters when she leaves
+the hounds, and in a part where refreshment for a lady cannot be had for
+love or money.</p>
+
+<p>The Melton people have met this requirement very efficiently. Thus, into
+a very flat, flexible flask, with a screw-cup top, they put a most
+succulent liquid, composed of calves' foot jelly and sherry. This flask
+is accompanied by a very neat little leather case, which contains half a
+dozen nice biscuits, or, in some instances, a small pasty, composed of
+meat. These cases, with the flask, are made to fit into the pocket of
+the saddle on the off-side under the handkerchief, and the flap of the
+pocket is secured by a strap and buckle.</p>
+
+<p>To roll a waterproof neatly, the following plan is the best: Lay the
+garment down flat, opened out, on a table, the inside upwards; turn the
+collar in first, then turn the sleeves over to the inside, laying them
+flat; next turn in both sides of the coat from the collar downwards,
+about eight or ten inches; then turn in the bottom of the garment about
+the same distance, when it will form a pocket. One person should hold
+this steady while another rolls the collar end very tightly up towards
+the pocket; it will then fit into it so closely as to make a very small
+and compact roll of the whole coat.</p>
+
+<p>I must not omit to say that, in addition to the first-rate hunting to be
+had in the Midlands, there is some good sport with hounds obtainable
+nearer the metropolis, namely, in the Vale of Aylesbury, with that noble
+patron of sport, Baron Rothschild. But still I must award the palm to
+Leicestershire, Warwickshire, and Northamptonshire as far away superior
+to anything in the hunting way to be seen in any other part of England.
+In whatever part, however, the fair lover of hunting seeks her sport,
+she should bear in mind that when she is once away with hounds she
+cannot be too particular as to riding her horse with the utmost care and
+precision, and to avoid taking liberties with him by jumping big places
+for the sake of display. It cannot be too strenuously impressed upon her
+mentor that, as long as the true line to the hounds can be maintained,
+the less jumping that is done, the longer the horse will last; that one
+big jump takes as much out of him as galloping over three big fields;
+and that he should be <i>ridden every inch of the way</i>, because when
+hounds get off with a good scent it is impossible to say that they may
+not keep on running for a couple of hours, in which case, if too much is
+done with him at first, he will inevitably, to use a racing phrase,
+"shut up."</p>
+
+<p>The light weight of most hunting ladies is a point in favour of the
+horse; but it is more than counterbalanced by the absence of support
+which a man who rides well can give with the right leg. It is the
+absence of this support in the case of a lady's horse, however well
+ridden, that causes him to tire sooner than he would if ridden by a
+gentleman; and hence the necessity in selecting a horse to carry a woman
+with hounds for having not only staying power, but two or three stone in
+hand. Nevertheless, although unable to give to the animal as much help
+as can be afforded by a gentleman, ladies can do much by the exercise of
+that tact and judgment which is their peculiar gift.</p>
+
+<p>Every lady who hunts is sure to be more or less an enthusiast about
+horses, and is always, according to my experience, ready to adopt any
+suggestion which tends to their well doing. I therefore venture to point
+one or two matters which I trust will be found useful.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, when the hounds have settled to their fox and people
+have shaken themselves into their places, the fair rider in her early
+essays in the field should bestow her principal attention upon the
+animal, upon which depends much of her sport. With a good man by her
+side, she will run no risk from thrusting neighbours, and although she
+cannot too soon begin to have "one eye for the hounds and another for
+the horse," it is the latter which demands all her energies. The whole
+business is exciting. The genuine dash, the vigour, the reality, that is
+so striking to a novice when hounds come crashing out of covert, through
+an old wattle, or bounding over a strong fence; the up-ending and
+plunging of impatient young horses, the brilliant throng of fashionable
+equestrians, the rattle of the turf under the horses' feet as they
+stride away&mdash;all these, or any of them, are quite sufficient to warm up
+even old blood, and are certain to send that of the young going at such
+a pace that all rule and method in riding is very apt to be forgotten,
+or thrust aside in the eager desire "to be first."</p>
+
+<p>It is just at this critical moment that I would advise my fair readers
+to lay to heart the necessity of controlling their excitement, because
+it is at such a time that a horse, especially at the beginning of the
+season (if allowed), will "take out of himself" just what he will want
+hereafter, assuming a stout fox that means business to be to the front.
+A soothing word or two, and "making much" of the excited steed, will
+generally cause him to settle in his stride and cease romping; whereas,
+if the rider is excited as well as the horse, we have oil upon fire at
+once. Again, it cannot be too forcibly impressed upon ladies riding with
+hounds that the latter require <i>plenty of room to work</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"Place aux dames" is a rule rigidly observed by gentlemen in the hunting
+field. Room for the hounds should form an equally inviolable law with
+ladies in the same place. And it is the more necessary to impress this
+upon beginners, because many a first-rate man who pilots ladies,
+although bold as a lion over a country, and cautious to a degree as to
+the line he takes for his fair <i>compagnon de chasse</i>, is oftentimes far
+too modest to check her exuberant riding, and the consequence is, many
+an anathema&mdash;not loud, but deep&mdash;is bestowed upon both by exasperated
+masters and huntsmen.</p>
+
+<p>Unlike the professional riding master, a first-rate pilot&mdash;such, I mean,
+as is paid for his services&mdash;though well behaved and respectful, is
+likely enough to lack much education, except such as he has received in
+the saddle or on practical farming matters; and his awe of a lady,
+properly so called, is so considerable as to preclude his exercise of
+the <i>fortiter in re</i> altogether, no matter how much his charge is
+unwittingly infringing the rules of sport.</p>
+
+<p>I saw an amusing instance of this not long ago. A lady, the widow of a
+wealthy civil servant in India, having returned to her native land laden
+with the riches of the East, being still young and excessively fond of
+riding, purchased a stud of first-class hunters, took a nice little
+hunting box in Leicestershire for the season, and engaged the services
+of a very good man to pilot her. As a rule every lady rides in
+India&mdash;some of them ride very well; but a rattling gallop at gun fire,
+in the morning, over the racecourse at Ghindee or Bangalore, is quite a
+different matter to a gallop with the Pytchley hounds. The "Bebe sahib"
+(great lady) had no idea, mounted as she was, of anybody or anything
+(bar the fox) being in front of her. And be it known to those who have
+never been in India that "great ladies" there are "bad to talk to,"
+being in the habit pretty much of paying very little attention to
+anything in the way of counsel coming from their subordinates. Our
+Indian widow was no exception. So she did all sorts of outrageous things
+in the field in riding in among the hounds&mdash;and, indeed, before them&mdash;to
+the disgust of the master and everybody else, including her pilot, who
+in her case was certainly no mentor&mdash;but the latter was too well paid to
+risk offending the peccant lady; he ventured a gentle hint or two, and,
+being snubbed, gave it up for a bad job.</p>
+
+<p>He was so severely rated, however, by the masters of hounds in the
+district&mdash;one of whom declared he would take them home directly he saw
+the lady and her pilot with them&mdash;that the latter was fairly at his
+wits' end to know how to keep the too dashing widow within bounds.
+Sorely puzzled, he sat in his spacious chimney nook one night smoking
+his pipe in moody silence, his wife knitting opposite him.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter, John?" began his spouse. "Matter!" he replied; "it's
+enough to drive a man mad; Mrs. Chutnee's going again to-morrow, and, as
+sure as fate, she'll ride over the hounds or do something, and get one
+into trouble."</p>
+
+<p>"What makes her go on so, John?" again inquired the <i>cara sposa</i>.&mdash;"Go
+on! it is go on: I think that the name for it. Go on over everything! no
+fence is too big for her. I like her for that, but she never knows when
+to stop. Last week she knocked an old gentleman over, and he lost a
+spick span new set of teeth as cost, I dare say, a matter of twenty
+guineas; and the day before yesterday she lamed a hound as was worth a
+lot of money, to say nothing of hurting the poor brute. I don't know
+what to be at with her, and that's a fact, because, barring her going so
+fast, she is the best-hearted lady ever I see."</p>
+
+<p>And John relapsed into silence, blowing mighty clouds of smoke, while
+his wife plied her knitting-needles. But a woman's wit, in difficult
+cases, is proverbial; and in the watches of the night a bright notion,
+based upon knowledge of her own sex, flashed upon the anxious mind of
+the snoring John's wife. The result was as follows. Next morning, true
+to time, John was in attendance to accompany the fair widow to the
+field. They had some distance to ride to covert, and after a smart spurt
+of a mile or two on the sward, the lady pulled her horse up to walk up a
+hill.</p>
+
+<p>"John," said the lady (who was in high spirits), "what do people here
+think of my riding?"&mdash;"Well, some thinks one thing, and some thinks
+another," was the reply.</p>
+
+<p>"That's no answer," observed the fair interlocutor; "what do they say?
+that is the thing. I know one thing they can't say; none of them can say
+they can stop me over any part of the country, no matter how big it is."</p>
+
+<p>Opportunity, says some wise man, is for him who waits. Now was John's
+opportunity to avail himself of his clever little wife's bright idea.</p>
+
+<p>"Stop you, my lady! no, that's just what they do all say; and what's
+more, they say you can't stop yourself&mdash;that you ain't got no hands, and
+your horse takes you just where he pleases, if it's even right over the
+hounds."</p>
+
+<p>The "Bebe sahib" was bitterly chagrined, for she prided herself justly
+upon her capital hands upon a horse. She was silent for a few minutes,
+and then she said, "I want you to tell me what to do, just to let these
+people know, as you do, that I have hands."&mdash;"Then I will tell you, my
+lady," said John, brightening up. "Just you do this: when the hounds get
+away, you let me go first, and keep your horse about a hundred yards
+behind me. I'll pick out a line big enough, I'll warrant, and that will
+show them all about your seat and your jumping. Then about the hands; if
+you please, whenever I pull up, you do the same. They say as you can't
+stop your horse, you know."</p>
+
+<p>"Can't I?" said the little lady, "can't stop my horse when I like! I'll
+let them see that. Can't stop! I should like to know what a woman can't
+do if she makes up her mind to do it."</p>
+
+<p>John's wife was a capital judge; there was no more riding over hounds or
+disarranging of elderly gentlemen's teeth. But the "Bebe sahib" has
+taken me to the extremity of my space, and I must pull up, reserving
+further observations and suggestions on the hunting field for my next
+chapter.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Hunting Field</span> (<i>continued</i>).</h3>
+
+
+<p>On reading my previous observations on Fox-hunting, it may occur to many
+ladies that in order to enjoy the sport, great nerve and physical power,
+as well as a thorough knowledge of the principles of equitation and long
+practice, are indispensable, and that in default of either of the above
+qualifications they ought not to venture into the field. This, however,
+would be an extreme view of the case. It is quite true that to go
+straight to hounds and take the country and the fences as they come it
+is necessary that a lady should be in vigorous health, as well as a
+thoroughly accomplished horsewoman. But, grant the latter condition,
+those of even more delicate constitutions, and consequently lacking the
+nerve and strength to take a front-rank place and keep it, may still
+participate to a great extent in all the enjoyable and healthy
+excitement of the chase, if they follow it out in a grass country, and
+put themselves under the guidance of a man who knows that country well.</p>
+
+<p>It cannot be too generally known to those who are not strong enough to
+sail away with the hounds over big fence or yawning brook that one great
+advantage as regards hunting afforded by a grass country is that a lady
+who is attended by a man well up at the topography of the district can
+generally find her way through easily opened bridle gates from point to
+point, from whence, throughout the best part of even a long day, she can
+witness and enjoy the sport, although she is not with the hounds; and
+this without pounding on the macadam and shaking her horse's legs; for
+all our Leicestershire roads are set, as it were, between borders of
+green velvet in the hunting season. All that is necessary to a most
+enjoyable day (if it is fine) is a horse that can get over the ground
+in tiptop form&mdash;a good bred one that can gallop and stay. On such a
+one, lots of grand hunting may be seen if it cannot be done by even a
+timid lady who dare not essay jumping.</p>
+
+<p>Turning, however, from the delicate and timid to those whose health and
+physique enable them to hold their own in the front rank, I venture to
+point out a possible casualty that may happen in hunting, which,
+although not of frequent occurrence, may easily be attended with
+dangerous results if the fair rider with hounds is unacquainted with the
+means of counteracting it. I allude to the possibility of a horse in
+crossing a ford, where the stream is rapid and the bottom uneven, losing
+his footing. I have seen this occur more than once, both to good men and
+to ladies, and the result was not only an immersion over head and ears,
+but considerable danger as well. This is easily to be prevented, as
+follows: The fact of a horse losing his footing in deep water is at once
+apparent by his making a half plunge, and commencing to swim, which
+instinct teaches him to do directly he feels that he is out of his
+depth. At such a moment, if the rider confines the horse, he will
+inevitably roll over in his struggle. The great thing, therefore, on
+such an occasion is at once to give him his head, quitting the curb rein
+entirely, and scarcely feeling the snaffle, "while any attempt to guide
+the horse should be done by the slightest touch possible" (see "Aid
+Book"). The reins should be passed into the right hand, with which,
+holding the crop also, the rider should take a firm hold of the upper
+crutch of the saddle. She should, at the same time, with her left hand
+raise her skirt well up, disengage her left leg (with the foot, however,
+still in the stirrup), and place it <i>over the third crutch</i>. By these
+means she will avoid any risk of the horse striking her on the left heel
+with his near hind hoof, which otherwise in his struggle he would be
+almost certain to do. If a horse is left to himself he will swim almost
+any distance with the greatest ease, even with a rider on his back; and
+there is no more difficulty in sitting on him in the form above named
+than in cantering on <i>terra firma</i>. It is absolutely necessary, however,
+to get the foot&mdash;and especially the stirrup&mdash;out of the way, otherwise
+there is always danger of his entangling himself with them or with the
+skirt. When the horse recovers his footing on the bottom he will make
+another struggle, but the hold of the right hand upon the pommel will
+always preserve the seat of the rider. To be quite safe in such a
+predicament is simply a question of knowing what to do, and having the
+presence of mind to do it <i>quickly</i>. To show that the necessity for
+swimming a horse may occur to a lady as well as to a gentleman the
+following case, I trust, will suffice.</p>
+
+<p>Many years ago I was riding with a lady from the village of Renteria <i>en
+route</i> to San Sebastian, in the north of Spain. The way was round a
+couple of headlands, between which was a deep bay, running up to the
+hamlet of Lezo. This bay was all fine sand up to some low but rather
+precipitous cliffs at the head of the inlet, but at the extremity of
+either headland careful riding was requisite by reason of rough rocky
+places. On the occasion I allude to the tide was flowing when we rounded
+the first point. Having been long accustomed to the place, however, we
+both considered that we had ample time safely to turn the other
+extremity of the bay; but a lively spring tide, aided by a brisk
+north-easterly wind, caused the sea, running in through the narrow gut
+of "Passages," to increase in velocity to such an extent that we were
+completely out in our reckoning. Seeing the tide gaining rapidly on us,
+we set our horses going at top speed over the level sand, racing (as it
+were) with the "hungry waters" for the distant point. When we neared it,
+however, I saw at once that it was hopeless to attempt rounding it, for
+our horses were already above the girths in water, keeping their feet
+with difficulty on the level sand, and I knew that to try to keep them
+on their legs on the shelving and rocky bottom at the extremity of the
+point would result in their rolling over us. There was nothing,
+therefore, for it but to try back, endeavour to regain the head of the
+inlet, and make the attempt, however difficult, to clamber up the steep
+but still sloping face of the cliff. Long before we reached our point,
+however, both horses were swimming; but they made scarcely a perceptible
+struggle in doing so, as the rising water lifted them from the level
+sand bodily off their feet. The lady (who was at first a little
+flurried) lost no time in getting her habit and her leg out of the way
+of mischief, and quickly regaining her nerve laid fast hold of the
+saddle, and laughing, declared it was "capital fun." I confess, on her
+account, and that of the horses, I did not think so; but encouraged her
+in her fearlessness. We gave the horses their heads, and they struck out
+bravely towards the cliff. As soon as they recovered their footing, the
+lady, having been previously cautioned to extricate her foot from the
+stirrup, slipped off her horse, the water taking her up to her waist. I
+lost no time in following her example, and turning the horses loose, we
+drove them at the sharp and slippery incline up the hill. Both horses
+scrambled up, with no further damage than the breaking of a bridle; but
+to get the lady (encumbered as she was with her wet garments) up the
+steep hillside was a task I have not forgotten to this day. The face of
+the cliff was studded with patches of gorse here and there, which
+assisted us certainly at the expense, of my companion, of severely
+scratched hands and torn gloves. But the ground was so slippery that our
+wet boots caused us continually to slip back, both of us in this respect
+being at a great disadvantage with the horses, whose iron shoes and
+corkings enabled them to obtain better foothold. Partly, however, by
+dragging, partly by cheering the lady to persevere, I succeeded in
+gaining the level ground with her, while the sea broke in heavy, noisy
+surges below, and sent the spray flying over us. The lady, who had borne
+up bravely so far, fainted from reaction when we gained the level sward,
+where the horses were grazing quietly, none the worse for their bath.
+But there were three stalwart Basque peasants at work hard by, turning
+up the soil with their four-pronged iron forks. Their cottage was close
+at hand, and having partially revived the fair sufferer, we carried her
+to the house, where she received every attention from the padrona, and
+no further evil resulted, except scratches and torn garments. But while
+I was sensibly impressed with the courage displayed by my companion, who
+was a slight, delicate woman, I am quite certain that ignorance of the
+right thing to do at the right time would have been fatal to both of us.
+As the tide gained so rapidly upon us, had the lady allowed her horse to
+flounder or plunge in it, she would inevitably have become entangled
+with him and drowned, despite any effort of mine to save her.</p>
+
+<p>I have witnessed many other instances of the facility with which horses
+will extricate their riders from difficulties in deep water. Among these
+I know none more worthy of record than the following.</p>
+
+<p>Some years ago a large Government transport, conveying troops and
+horses, was wrecked at Buffalo, Cape of Good Hope. Among the troops was
+a detachment of light cavalry. The ship parted on the rocks, and despite
+the efforts of the people on shore, the greater part of the troops
+(officers and men) were drowned. An officer of the cavalry party,
+however, determined to make an effort to reach the shore, upon which a
+heavy sea and tremendous surf were breaking. He launched his horse
+overboard, and, plunging quickly after him into the tumbling sea, seized
+the horse by the mane, and succeeded in retaining his grasp, while the
+plucky and sagacious animal gallantly dragged his master in safety
+through the surf.</p>
+
+<p>I repeat, then, Be always on your guard in crossing deep water with a
+horse, or in fording a stream where the current is rapid. In India and
+other tropical countries the necessity for being able to swim a horse
+occurs more frequently than at home; and, in the monsoon time
+especially, it behoves everybody who is going a journey on horseback to
+be extremely careful how they attempt to cross a swollen stream, as the
+freshets come down with such rapidity that I have frequently seen a
+horse carried off his legs by the force of the current when the water
+has not been more than knee-deep, and, when once the foothold is gone in
+such places, it is extremely difficult frequently to find a place at
+which to get out again, on account of the precipitous formation of most
+of the banks. In any case, however, the above-named directions will be
+found effectual, and the horse, if left to himself, will find a landing
+place, even if he swims a considerable distance to gain it.</p>
+
+<p>A point of considerable importance as regards hunting also is for ladies
+to avoid riding home in open carriages, no matter how fine the weather
+may be, or how well they may be wrapped up. Riding <i>to</i> the meet on
+wheels is all very well, particularly if the distance is great and by a
+cross-country road, and the time short. But, after galloping about
+during the greater part of the day, no conveyance home other than her
+horse is fit for a lady, except the inside of a close carriage on rail
+or road, and a good foot warmer at the bottom of the carriage; and if
+there has been much rain, riding home on horseback is by far the safest
+plan. I have frequently ridden home sixteen and eighteen miles after
+dark with a lady whom I had the honour of escorting on her hunting
+excursions, sometimes in very bad weather, and I can safely say that,
+rain, snow, or sleet, she never took cold. After leaving the hounds my
+first care was always to make for some hospitable farmhouse near the
+road, or in default thereof, some decent roadside inn, where we could
+have the horse's legs well washed, and the lady's waterproof carefully
+put on if there was rain about. I always carried for her a second pair
+of dry knee boots, carefully folded up in a waterproof havresack. These
+boots were made with cork soles within and without, and, as such boots
+are easily carried by any man who pilots a lady (of course I don't mean
+the pilot who rides in scarlet), I specially recommend them to
+consideration. The most difficult thing after riding a long day's
+hunting, in which, now and again, a good deal of it will be in wet
+weather, is to keep the feet warm. Throughout all the rest of the system
+the circulation may be kept going by the exercise even of slow steady
+trotting; but the wet, clammy boot, thoroughly saturated, it may be, by
+more than one dash through a swollen rivulet, strikes cold and
+uncomfortable in the stirrup iron even to a man, who has a better
+opportunity of counteracting it by the use of alcoholic or vinous
+stimulants. It is therefore highly conducive to a lady's comfort after
+her gallop with hounds, if she has far to go home, to change her boots;
+and this, with a little care and foresight on the part of her attendant,
+can always be accomplished. With a dry pair of boots, a good waterproof
+overcoat, and a cambric handkerchief tied round her neck, a lady may
+defy the worst weather in returning from hunting.</p>
+
+<p>A word now about second horsemen, in a country like this, where the
+<i>habitués</i> of it know tolerably well, if hunting is to be done in a
+certain district, that a fox, given certain conditions of wind, is most
+likely to make for certain points, and that if a covert is drawn blank,
+the next draw will be in a certain locality, it is not difficult for a
+good second horseman to be ready at hand when the lady requires a fresh
+charger. But (assuming always that she can afford to have a second horse
+out) nothing connected with her hunting requires more discrimination
+than the selection of a second horseman. Any quantity of smart,
+good-looking, light-weight lads, who can turn themselves out in
+undeniable form, and ride very fairly, are always to be had, with good
+manners and equally good characters; but one thing requisite is that
+they should know every inch of the country they are in. Thus a lad,
+however willing, from Scotland or Ireland, would be of very little use
+as a second horseman in the midland district of England; and therefore
+weight, up to ten stone at all events, is of less consequence than an
+intimate knowledge of the topography of the surrounding country.</p>
+
+<p>To have a second horse at the right spot at the right time, and with
+little or nothing taken out of him, requires in most cases considerable
+foresight and judgment on the part of the lad who is on him, and
+therefore a fair amount of intelligence, in addition to careful riding,
+is indispensable, as well as natural good eye for country. The different
+form in which second horses are brought to the point where they are
+required is conclusive as to the foregoing, for one constantly sees two
+animals, up to equal weight and in equal condition, arrive at the same
+spot, one not fit to go much further, and the other with scarcely the
+stable bloom off his coat.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII.</h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Condition of Hunters.</span></h3>
+
+
+<p>As the value of most of the foregoing suggestions as regards a lady
+riding to hounds is more or less dependent upon the form and condition
+in which the horse destined to carry her in the chase is put, I trust a
+few words upon this important subject may be acceptable.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, then, experience proves that the getting of a horse
+into really good condition is a work of considerable time, and that when
+once the animal has arrived at the desired point of physical health
+which will enable him to make the most of his powers, as a rule, it is
+considered to the last degree undesirable that anything should be done
+to throw him out of his form.</p>
+
+<p>Many years ago it was considered that a horse that had been hunted
+regularly through a season should be turned out to grass throughout the
+summer, and that if he was taken up when the crops were off the ground,
+there was time enough to get him fit by November; while it was
+considered altogether unnecessary to give him more than one feed of corn
+a day while turned out. In numerous cases I have known he had none from
+April to September.</p>
+
+<p>The present form of treating hunting horses is diametrically the reverse
+of the foregoing. A horse once "wound up" (as it is technically called)
+for hunting is generally kept up all the year round; his spring and
+summer training consisting of long, slow, steady work, principally
+walking exercise.</p>
+
+<p>Now, my own opinion, based upon many years of experience and close
+observation, does not agree with either of the foregoing practices.</p>
+
+<p>The first evidently was wrong, because a horse, even running in and out
+throughout the entire summer, though well kept on corn, will put up an
+amount of adipose substance, which cannot be got off in two months,
+with due regard to the preservation of proper quality and muscular
+fibre. While, on the other hand, I believe that, although by keeping
+your horse up all the year round you will bring him out in rare form in
+November, yet still he will not last you so long as one that has had
+fair play given to his lungs by a few weeks' run when the spring grass
+is about; for, however good the sanitary arrangements of our modern
+stables and the ventilation of boxes may be, the air breathed in them
+cannot be so pure as that of a fresh green meadow. Men and women require
+a change of air once a year at least, and everybody who can afford it
+looks forward with pleasurable anticipation to their autumn holiday. Why
+should the noble animal who has carried us so well and so staunchly
+through many a hard run be denied his relaxation and his change of air
+in the spring?</p>
+
+<p>As a substitute for turning horses out for a brief run in the spring, it
+is customary in some stables to cut grass and give it, varied by vetches
+and clover, to the horse in his box. These salutary alteratives are good
+in themselves, but there is still wanting the glorious fresh air of the
+open paddock, which, when all nature is awakening from the long slumber
+of winter, is so renovating to the equine system.</p>
+
+<p>It is best to fetch your horse up at night, because it is in the night
+when turned out that he eats the most; but the object of giving the
+animal his liberty is not that he may blow himself out with grass, but
+that, in addition to the purifying effect to the blood of spring
+herbage, he shall also breathe the spring air unadulterated. If this is
+carried out, I believe those who practise it will find that their
+hunters will last them many years longer than those that are kept at
+what may be called "high stable pressure" all the year round.</p>
+
+<p>Prejudice, however, is strong as regards the foregoing matter, as in
+others connected with the stable treatment and general handling of
+horses. People are far too apt to go into extremes and adopt a line of
+treatment because it is in vogue with some neighbour or friend who is
+supposed to be well up on the subject, and must therefore be right in
+everything he does. The best way, I submit, is to call common sense
+into play, and be satisfied that the oracular friend has some good
+reason "which will hold water" for what he does.</p>
+
+<p>I respectfully recommend the spring run then, by all means; and, if I
+may venture so far to infringe the imperious laws of fashion, I would
+venture to suggest that hunters might be allowed just a little bit more
+tail, for the purpose for which nature intended it&mdash;namely, to keep off
+the flies, which in summer will find them out, in or out of the stable.
+Extremes in fashion as to the trimming of horses are nearly as absurd as
+one sees from time to time in the dress of ladies and gentlemen, and
+quite as devoid of sense or reason. Who has not seen the old racing
+pictures in which Diamond or Hambletonian figure with a bob tail, and
+who has not laughed at the grotesque figure (according to modern notions
+of a racehorse) of these "high-mettled ones," all but denuded of their
+caudal appendages?</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of taste and good feeling, therefore, I venture to plead for
+a trifle more tail for hunters than is at present allowed. To a good
+stableman it gives no trouble, and in spring and summer time it is of
+great use to the horse. When the latter is brought up from the spring
+run, the question of restoring his hunting form (if, indeed, he can be
+said to have lost any of it) is simple enough; in fact, there are few
+subjects on which more twaddle is talked than about the "conditioning of
+hunters," stablemen being particularly oracular and mysterious about it.
+Roomy, clean, and well-ventilated boxes, good drainage, four and five
+hours' walking exercise every day, the best oats procurable given
+<i>whole, not crushed</i>, with a moderate allowance to old horses of good
+beans, and a fair allowance of good old hay or clover, perfect
+regularity in exercise and stable times, the attendance of a thoroughly
+good-tempered cheery lad who knows his business, and the total
+prohibition of drugging or physicking of any sort, unless by order of a
+veterinary surgeon&mdash;these are the arcana of the much talked-of
+"conditioning." Some tell you that a hunter should have scarcely any
+hay. I have yet to learn why not, because I am quite sure that really
+good hay assists a horse to put up muscle. Of course he is not supposed
+to gorge himself with it, as some ravenous animals would do if allowed.
+But the same thing may be said of a carriage horse or a charger. Waste
+of forage is one thing, the use of it another; and as there has been
+considerable discussion of late as to the cost of feeding a horse, I beg
+to say that on a fair average those even in training, requiring the best
+food, can be kept, when oats are 32s. or 33s. a quarter, for 15s. a
+week. I speak of course of the absolute cost of forage of the best kind.</p>
+
+<p>Where horses are delicate feeders, and this is the case with some who
+are rare performers in the field, the appetite should be coaxed, by
+giving small quantities of food at short intervals, making the horse, in
+fact, an exception to the ordinary stable rule of feeding four times a
+day. A really good groom will carefully watch the peculiarities of such
+a horse as regards feeding, and come in due course to know what suits
+the animal, the result being plenty of good muscle, equal to that of
+more hearty "doers." But stimulating drugs, I repeat, should never be
+permitted. Carrots as an alterative are good, but they should be given
+only when ordered by a veterinary surgeon, in such quantities as he
+orders. They should be put in the manger whole, never cut up, as there
+is nothing more dangerous than the latter practice in feeding, because
+numerous instances are on record of horses choking themselves with
+pieces of carrot.</p>
+
+<p>When hunting time approaches, a little more steam as regards pace at
+exercise may be put on. Trotting up hills of easy ascent serves
+materially to "open the pipes," and, despite a very general prejudice to
+the contrary, I maintain that, for some weeks before hunting commences,
+a horse is all the better for a steady canter of moderate length every
+morning. A very good reason why stud grooms as a rule object to this is,
+simply because it involves a great deal more work in the stable.</p>
+
+<p>If horses are only walked or trotted at exercise, one man generally can
+manage very well to exercise two horses, riding one, and leading the
+other with a dumb jockey or bearing reins on him; but, if the horse is
+to be cantered, there must be a man or boy to every horse, and,
+consequently, exercise would occupy considerably more time.</p>
+
+<p>It is quite clear that the horse will have to gallop when hunting
+begins, and, as all training should be inductive, it is absurd to say
+that he should do nothing up to the 31st of October but walking and
+trotting, while on the first day of November his owner may come down
+from town and give him a rattling gallop with hounds. Surely such
+extremes are not reconcilable with common sense!</p>
+
+<p>Let me now say a word about washing horses, about which also
+considerable diversity of opinion exists, some maintaining that the
+brush and wisp alone ought to keep the horse's skin in proper form, and
+others advocating washing partially.</p>
+
+<p>In my time I have tried all sorts of stable management, and I believe
+the truth is as follows: Nothing is more conducive to a horse's health
+than washing, with either cold or tepid water. But if you adopt the cold
+water system, you must be sure that it is done in a place where there is
+no draught. It should be commenced in summer time. There should be two
+thoroughly good stablemen in the washing box, and a boy to carry water
+from the pump. The horse's head and neck should be thoroughly washed,
+brushed, scraped, sponged, and leathered, and a good woollen hood put
+on. His body washed thoroughly in the same way, and a good rug put on.
+Then his legs equally well done, and bandaged. Let him then be put into
+his box for a quarter of an hour or twenty minutes, stripped and dressed
+by a man who will let his shoulder go at him, not one who will play with
+him. When thoroughly dressed his coat will shine like new satin, and his
+whole manner will tell you how refreshed he is by his bath. The washing
+cannot be done too quickly consistent with thorough good work. Two good
+men and a smart boy ought to wash, clothe, and bandage a horse in five
+minutes, or they are not worth their salt.</p>
+
+<p>If the cold water system is begun in summer, and regularly followed up,
+it can be carried on throughout the winter, no matter how severe the
+weather may be, and an incalculable advantage of the system is that a
+horse so treated is almost impervious to cold or catarrh.</p>
+
+<p>But to carry the treatment out, a lot of first-class stablemen are
+indispensable, men who&mdash;no "eye servants"&mdash;do their work <i>con amore</i>,
+and take a genuine pride in their horses. If the thing is negligently
+done, or dawdled over, it is likely enough to be productive of mischief.</p>
+
+<p>Where the stable staff is limited in number and not first-rate in
+quality, if washing is resorted to, tepid water must be used, because
+one smart man can wash a horse in tepid water in a proper washing house
+unassisted. But a special veto should be put upon washing a hunter's
+legs, as is too often done, outside in the yard, the horse tied to a
+ring in the wall, with the cold night air blowing on him. No matter if
+warm or cold water is used, whether or not mischief follows is mere
+matter of chance if the foregoing bad treatment is permitted.</p>
+
+<p>Briefly, then, it may be said, if you have good men about you and enough
+of them use cold water, beginning in the summer and continuing it
+regularly. If you are short of really good stablemen, use tepid water;
+but use it in a washing box built for the purpose, and never let it be
+done out of doors.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIX.</h2>
+
+
+<p>Having endeavoured to mark out the course of equitation from the
+preparatory suppling practices to the orthodox conventionalities of the
+hunting field, I conclude this series of papers with a few hints which I
+trust will be useful to ladies about to proceed to India or the
+colonies.</p>
+
+<p>In the first place, as regards riding habiliments, I recommend ladies
+going to India to procure everything in the shape of habits, trousers,
+and hats in this country. In India they cost a hundred per cent. more
+than at home, and the natives can only make them by pattern. Riding
+boots can be procured in the East quite as well made and as durable as
+those made in England, and at a fifth of the price.</p>
+
+<p>Saddlery should be taken out from England. It is also just a hundred per
+cent. dearer in India. One good side-saddle, such as I have previously
+described, will with care last a lady many years. Of bridles she should
+take at least half a dozen double ones (bit and bridoon). Horse clothing
+of any sort as used in England is not required in India.</p>
+
+<p>As regards the horse itself on which the fair emigrant to the East will
+take her health-preserving morning gallop at gun-fire, I must say
+little. I have endeavoured elsewhere to give some idea of what Arab
+horses are; and, as every lady going to India is certain to know some
+male friend who is well up at buying a lady's horse, I need only say
+that, if the animal purchased is a young unbroken one, the best plan is
+to send him to the nearest cavalry or horse artillery station, and have
+him broken precisely in the same form as an officer's charger. The Arab
+dealers from whom the horse, if unbroken, is most likely to be
+purchased, know nothing, and care less, about breaking, and the people
+about them have the very worst hands upon a horse I have ever seen.</p>
+
+<p>All riding in India, except in cases of absolute necessity, should be
+done very early in the morning. The lady should be in the saddle soon
+after gun-fire (five o'clock). By the time she arrives at the galloping
+ground (in a large station or cantonment generally the racecourse) the
+sun will be up, so quickly does it rise, with scarcely any twilight, in
+India; but its rays are not then vertical, nor is the heat either
+oppressive or injurious until much later in the day.</p>
+
+<p>A couple or three hours' riding is sufficient for health, and the great
+thing is to go home quite cool; the bath and breakfast are then most
+enjoyable. Evening promenades are as a matter of fashion, and indeed, of
+reason, usually attended by ladies in carriages. There are many,
+however, who prefer riding on horseback again in the latter part of the
+day; but experience proves that evening riding on horseback is not good,
+as a rule, for ladies. Exposure to the sun on horseback, or indeed in
+any way, should be specially avoided, as should also violent exercise of
+any kind, that on horseback not excepted. The rattling gallop, which is
+not only exhilarating but healthful in Leicestershire, is inadmissible
+in most parts of India, where extremes of any kind are injurious.
+Finally, I would respectfully impress upon every lady who is likely to
+go to India, those especially who, having been born there, have been
+sent home for their education, that they should avail themselves of
+every opportunity in this country of becoming efficient horsewomen. To
+be able to ride well is very desirable for a lady who is to pass her
+life in Europe, in India it is absolutely indispensable; and if the
+lady's equitation is neglected in early days at home, she will find
+herself sadly at a loss when she arrives in India; for although there
+are plenty of thoroughly competent men there who could instruct her,
+their time is taken up with teaching recruits at the early time of the
+day at which a lady could avail herself of their services. As regards
+riding in Australia, the Cape, New Zealand, Canada, or the West Indies,
+briefly it may be said that again it is best to take out saddlery from
+this country, because, although it can be procured in any of the
+above-named colonies far cheaper than in India, it is still
+considerably dearer, and generally not so good as at home. At the Cape,
+in Australia, and in New Zealand&mdash;the two former colonies
+especially&mdash;long journeys have frequently to be done by ladies on
+horseback; and if a thoroughly practical education in the saddle is
+necessary to health, as regards a sojourn in India; it is equally so as
+a matter of convenience in other of the British dependencies abroad.</p>
+
+<p>Let me, then, close my humble efforts at carefully tracing out the
+readiest way for a lady to become a thorough horsewoman by again
+recommending them all to begin early, and to pay implicit attention to
+the tuition of a first-class instructor; always to throw their whole
+heart into their riding, fixing their minds rigidly on it while
+learning, and never, however proficient or confident they may be,
+venture, unless upon a life-and-death emergency, upon half-broken
+horses. During the Indian mutiny instances occurred in which ladies owed
+their lives to their nerve and courage in mounting horses ill-adapted to
+carry them, and by dint of sheer determination urging them into top
+speed and safety to the fair fugitives. In such desperate emergencies
+there is no alternative but to accept the lesser risk; but in ordinary
+cases my advice (the result of long experience) is to all lady riders,
+never mount an untrained horse, and never allow your horse to become too
+fresh for want of work.</p>
+
+<p>A casualty which may be attended with trifling consequences to a man may
+have the most serious results in the case of a lady; while I am firmly
+of opinion that no such thing as an accident ought ever to occur to her
+on horseback if due care and foresight are exercised by those about her,
+and if the lady herself will be careful whenever or under whatever
+circumstances she approaches or mounts a horse to be always on her
+guard, to <i>ride</i> all the time she is on him, to remember that in all
+matters that relate to riding the homely old adage, "Afterwit is not
+worth a penny an ounce" is strictly applicable, and that the golden rule
+is, "Never give away a chance to your horse."</p>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+<p>Transcriber's Note: Hyphen variations left as printed.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Barb and the Bridle, by Vielle Moustache
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BARB AND THE BRIDLE ***
+
+***** This file should be named 38831-h.htm or 38831-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/8/3/38831/
+
+Produced by Julia Miller, Mary Meehan and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
+file was produced from images generously made available
+by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/38831-h/images/cover.jpg b/38831-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fae3b58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/fig01-02.jpg b/38831-h/images/fig01-02.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2295ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/fig01-02.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/fig03-04.jpg b/38831-h/images/fig03-04.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d036f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/fig03-04.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/fig05-06.jpg b/38831-h/images/fig05-06.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64ea8ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/fig05-06.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/fig07-08.jpg b/38831-h/images/fig07-08.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c351278
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/fig07-08.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/fig09-10.jpg b/38831-h/images/fig09-10.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61b6e5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/fig09-10.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/fig11-12.jpg b/38831-h/images/fig11-12.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fda32ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/fig11-12.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/38831-h/images/front.jpg b/38831-h/images/front.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..175962e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/38831-h/images/front.jpg
Binary files differ